Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

and+when

Толкование Перевод

41 cuando

adv.

when.

cuando me agacho, me duele la espalda when o whenever I bend down, my back hurts

cuando quieras whenever you like

de cuando en cuando, de vez en cuando from time to time, now and again

cuando más at the most

cuando menos at least

cuando quiera que whenever

conj.

1 if.

cuando tú lo dices será verdad it must be true if you say so

no será tan malo cuando ha vendido tantas copias it can't be that bad if it's sold so many copies

2 even though (contrast indicates).

no tiene muchos amigos, cuando en realidad es una persona muy agradable he doesn't have a lot of friends, even though he's actually a very nice person

* * *

cuando

► adverbio

1 (tiempo) when

■ cuando tenía diez años when he was ten

► conjunción

1 (temporal) when, whenever

■ ven a verme cuando quieras come and see me whenever you want

■ iba conduciendo cuando vi una extraña luz I was driving along when I saw a strange light

2 (condicional) if

■ cuando él lo dice if he says so

3 (causal) since

► preposición

1 during, at the time of

■ cuando la guerra during the war

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

cuando más at the most

cuando menos at least

cuando mucho at the most

cuando quiera que whenever

de cuando en cuando / de vez en cuando now and then, from time to time

hasta cuando until

* * *
1. prep.
1) during

2) if
2. conj.
1) when

2) if

* * *

1. CONJ

1) [con valor temporal] [en un momento concreto] when; [en cualquier momento] whenever

cuando llegué a su casa él ya se había ido — when I got to his house he had already left

te lo diré cuando nos veamos — I'll tell you when I see you

ven cuando quieras — come when(ever) you like

cuando iba allí lo veía — whenever I went there I saw him, I used to see him when(ever) I went there

me acuerdo de cuando jugábamos en el patio — I remember when we used to play in the yard

lo dejaremos para cuando estés mejor — we'll leave it until you're better

2) [con valor condicional, causal] if

cuando él lo dice, será verdad — if he says so, it must be true

cuando no te ha dicho nada todavía, es que no piensa invitarte — if he hasn't said anything yet, that means he isn't thinking of inviting you

3) [con valor adversativo] when

yo lo hago todo, cuando es él quien debería hacerlo — I'm the one that does it all, when it should be him
aun 3)
2. ADV

1)

fue entonces cuando comprendí la importancia del problema — it was then that o that was when I understood the seriousness of the problem

en abril es cuando más casos hay — April is when there are most cases, it's in April that there are most cases

• de cuando en cuando, de vez en cuando — from time to time, now and again, every so often

2)

• cuando más — at (the) most

tardaremos, cuando más, una semana — it will take us a week at (the) most o at the outside

• cuando menos — at least

esperamos llegar, cuando menos, a las semifinales — we are hoping to reach the semifinals, at least

• cuando mucho — at (the) most

• cuando no — if not

docenas, cuando no cientos, de películas — dozens, if not hundreds, of films

3.

PREP

eso fue cuando la guerra — that was during the war

ocurrió cuando la boda — it happened at the time of the wedding

cuando niño yo era muy travieso — as a child o when I was a child I was very naughty

* * *
I
1) conjunción

a) ( con valor temporal) when

ahora es cuando me viene mejor — now is the best time for me

cuando estoy solo — when I'm alone

cuando éramos pequeños — when we were young; (+ subj)

ven cuando quieras — come when o whenever you like

b) ( referido al futuro) (+ subj) when

cuando se mejore — when she gets better

cuando sea viejo — when I'm old

2)

a) (si) if

será verdad cuando él lo dice — it must be true if he says so

b) ( con valor adversativo) when

dijo 2 cuando en realidad son 3 — he said 2 when what he meant was 3

3) (en locs)

cada cuando — (esp AmL) every so often

de vez en cuando — from time to time, every so often

cuando más or mucho — at (the) most, at the outside

cuando menos — at least

cuando quiera — whenever
II
preposición (fam)

yo estaba allí cuando la explosión — I was there when the explosion happened

una ermita de cuando los moros — a hermitage from the time of the Moors

* * *

= at the time (that/of), when, where, at what point.

Ex. This order is consistent with the established relationships between subjects at the time that the scheme was first published (1876).

Ex. When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex. Libraries are having to decide at what point a service should become chargeable without creating a disadvantage to those who cannot pay = Las bibliotecas tienen que decidir cuándo se debería cobrar por un servicio sin crear un problema para los que no pueden pagar.

----

* aun cuando = even if, even though, even when.

* cada cuando = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.

* como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.

* como y cuando = as and when.

* como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.

* cuando antes + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience, at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.

* cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.

* cuando a uno le venga bien = at leisure.

* cuando el río, suena agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.

* cuando el río suena agua lleva, donde hay humo hay fuego = there's no smoke without fire.

* cuando el sol aprieta = during the heat of the day.

* cuando el tiempo lo permita = when the weather permits.

* cuando era niño = as a boy.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cuando la marea está alta = at high tide.

* cuando la marea está baja = at low tide.

* cuando le surja la necesidad = at + Posesivo + time of need.

* cuando llegó la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio.

* cuando llegue la hora = when the time comes.

* cuando lo necesite = at + Posesivo + time of need.

* cuando menos te lo esperes = on any given Sunday.

* cuando proceda = where appropriate, when applicable.

* cuando quieras = anytime.

* cuando sea el caso = when applicable.

* cuando sea necesario = when necessary.

* cuando sea pertinente = where applicable, where appropriate.

* cuando se está en + Nombre = when in + Nombre.

* cuando se le antoje a Uno = on a whim.

* cuando se solicite = on demand, on request, upon + request.

* cuando se trata de + Infinitivo = when it comes to + Gerundio.

* cuando..., si es que... = if and when.

* cuando uno se encuentra mejor de ánimo = on the upswing.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de vez en cuando = from time to time, now and then, now and again, once in a while, every once in a while, at various times, occasionally, off and on, on and off, occasional, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.

* ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.

* para cuando = by the time.

* siempre y cuando = on the condition that, with the condition that, if and when.

* siempre y cuando + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.

* * *
I
1) conjunción

a) ( con valor temporal) when

ahora es cuando me viene mejor — now is the best time for me

cuando estoy solo — when I'm alone

cuando éramos pequeños — when we were young; (+ subj)

ven cuando quieras — come when o whenever you like

b) ( referido al futuro) (+ subj) when

cuando se mejore — when she gets better

cuando sea viejo — when I'm old

2)

a) (si) if

será verdad cuando él lo dice — it must be true if he says so

b) ( con valor adversativo) when

dijo 2 cuando en realidad son 3 — he said 2 when what he meant was 3

3) (en locs)

cada cuando — (esp AmL) every so often

de vez en cuando — from time to time, every so often

cuando más or mucho — at (the) most, at the outside

cuando menos — at least

cuando quiera — whenever
II
preposición (fam)

yo estaba allí cuando la explosión — I was there when the explosion happened

una ermita de cuando los moros — a hermitage from the time of the Moors

* * *

= at the time (that/of), when, where, at what point.

Ex: This order is consistent with the established relationships between subjects at the time that the scheme was first published (1876).

Ex: When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex: Libraries are having to decide at what point a service should become chargeable without creating a disadvantage to those who cannot pay = Las bibliotecas tienen que decidir cuándo se debería cobrar por un servicio sin crear un problema para los que no pueden pagar.

* aun cuando = even if, even though, even when.

* cada cuando = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.

* como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.

* como y cuando = as and when.

* como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.

* cuando antes + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience, at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.

* cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.

* cuando a uno le venga bien = at leisure.

* cuando el río, suena agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.

* cuando el río suena agua lleva, donde hay humo hay fuego = there's no smoke without fire.

* cuando el sol aprieta = during the heat of the day.

* cuando el tiempo lo permita = when the weather permits.

* cuando era niño = as a boy.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cuando la marea está alta = at high tide.

* cuando la marea está baja = at low tide.

* cuando le surja la necesidad = at + Posesivo + time of need.

* cuando llegó la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio.

* cuando llegue la hora = when the time comes.

* cuando lo necesite = at + Posesivo + time of need.

* cuando menos te lo esperes = on any given Sunday.

* cuando proceda = where appropriate, when applicable.

* cuando quieras = anytime.

* cuando sea el caso = when applicable.

* cuando sea necesario = when necessary.

* cuando sea pertinente = where applicable, where appropriate.

* cuando se está en + Nombre = when in + Nombre.

* cuando se le antoje a Uno = on a whim.

* cuando se solicite = on demand, on request, upon + request.

* cuando se trata de + Infinitivo = when it comes to + Gerundio.

* cuando..., si es que... = if and when.

* cuando uno se encuentra mejor de ánimo = on the upswing.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de vez en cuando = from time to time, now and then, now and again, once in a while, every once in a while, at various times, occasionally, off and on, on and off, occasional, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.

* ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.

* para cuando = by the time.

* siempre y cuando = on the condition that, with the condition that, if and when.

* siempre y cuando + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.

* * *

cuando¹

A conjunction [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]; when

a las siete es cuando me viene mejor seven o'clock is the best time for me

cuando estoy solo when I'm alone

justo cuando la fiesta empezaba a animarse just as o just when the party was beginning to liven up

¿te acuerdas de cuando éramos pequeños? do you remember when we were young?

(+ subj): cuando se entere me mata when he finds out he'll kill me!

ven cuando quieras come when o whenever you like

B

1

(si): cuando él lo dice será verdad if he says so then it must be true

cuando yo te digo que es un fresco … didn't I tell you he had a nerve?

2 (con valor adversativo) when

se ha molestado cuando soy yo la que debería sentirse ofendida he's upset when really I'm the one who ought to feel offended

¿por qué me voy a preocupar cuando a él no le importa? why should I worry if o when he doesn't care?

C ( en locs):

cada cuando every so often, from time to time, now and then

de vez en cuando from time to time, every so often, now and then

cuando más or mucho at (the) most, at the outside

cuando menos at least

cuando quiera whenever

cuando quiera que ocurren estas tragedias … whenever these tragedies occur …

cuando²

prep

( fam):

nos conocimos cuando la mili we met when we were doing our military service, we met during our military service

yo estaba allí cuando la explosión I was there when the explosion happened o at the time of the explosion

una ermita de cuando los moros a hermitage dating from Moorish times

* * *

Multiple Entries:
cuando
cuándo
cuando conjunción
a) ( con valor temporal) when;

◊ ven cuándo quieras come when o whenever you like;

cuándo se mejore when she gets better;
ahora es cuándo me viene mejor now is the best time for me
b) (si) if;

◊ será verdad cuándo él lo dice it must be true if he says so

c) ( en locs)

◊ cada cuando (esp AmL) every so often;

de vez en cuando from time to time, every so often
cuándo adverbio
when;
◊ ¿de cuándo es esa foto? when was that photo taken?;

¿desde cuándo lo sabes? how long have you known?;
¿desde cuándo? since when?;
¡cuándo no! (AmL) as usual!
cuando
I adverbio (de tiempo) when
II conj
1 (temporal) when: cuando quieras, whenever you want
cuando termines, when you finish
2 (condicional) (si) if
3 (concesiva) (aunque) (aun) cuando, even if
III preposición during, at the time of
cuando la guerra, during the war
cuando joven, when young
♦ Locuciones: cuando más/mucho, at the most
cuando menos, at least
cuando quiera que, whenever
de cuando en cuando/de vez en cuando, from time to time
cuándo adverbio interr when?
¿desde cuándo?, since when?
¿para cuándo vienes?, when are you coming?

' cuándo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- acertar
- achantarse
- ahorcarse
- antojarse
- apéndice
- asesinar
- asomar
- atravesada
- atravesado
- aun
- avisar
- baja
- bajo
- balón
- bastante
- bien
- bisbiseo
- bobalicón
- bobalicona
- boca
- caer
- caerse
- calmarse
- campante
- casarse
- cerca
- cerdo
- cien
- codazo
- comecome
- como
- cómo
- componenda
- cónclave
- contra
- cordera
- cordero
- corta
- corto
- cota
- cuando
- dejarse
- delirio
- demasiada
- demasiado
- demonio
- derrumbarse
- desconectarse
- desde
English:
accustom
- add in
- admit
- advise
- again
- agree
- alter
- alternate
- antidepressant
- appreciate
- apron
- as
- ashen
- ask
- averse
- away
- baby
- back
- back off
- bed
- beeline
- behave
- blow
- blue
- bluff
- blunt
- blur
- boo
- bow out
- buckle
- burglar alarm
- burst
- by-election
- cat
- catch
- clean
- come on
- come out
- composure
- console
- crack
- crop up
- cry out for
- dare
- deadline
- delay
- devil
- dicey
- dinner
- dishearten

* * *

cuando

♦ adv

when;

cuando llegue el verano iremos de viaje when summer comes we'll go travelling;

cuando me agacho, me duele la espalda when o whenever I bend down, my back hurts;

se marchó cuando mejor lo estábamos pasando she left just when we were having a really good time;

acababa de cerrar la puerta, cuando estalló la bomba I had just closed the door when the bomb went off;

fue entonces cuando comprendí el problema it was then that I realized the problem;

para cuando llegamos, la fiesta ya había acabado by the time we arrived the party was already over;

ven a visitarnos cuando quieras come and stay with us whenever you like;

cambia mucho de cuando está de buen humor a cuando está enfadado he's very different when he's in a good mood to when he's angry;

¿te acuerdas de cuando nos dieron el premio? do you remember when o the time they gave us the prize?;

apenas se marchó el profesor, cuando todos los alumnos se pusieron a hablar no sooner had the teacher left than all the pupils started talking;

de cuando en cuando, de vez en cuando from time to time, now and again;

cuando más, cuando mucho at (the) most;

cuando más, te ayudaré un rato I'll help you for a short while, but no longer;

cuando menos at least;

nos harán falta cuando menos cinco personas we'll need at least five people;

cuando quiera que me lo encuentro, siempre me sonríe whenever I meet him he smiles at me

♦ conj

1. [si] if;

cuando tú lo dices será verdad it must be true if you say so;

cuando no te ha llegado la invitación, será porque no te quieren ver if you haven't received an invitation, it must be because they don't want to see you;

no será tan malo cuando ha vendido tantas copias it can't be that bad if it's sold so many copies

2. [después de “aun”] [aunque]
no mentiría aun cuando le fuera en ello la vida she wouldn't lie even if her life depended on it

3. [indica contraste]
no tiene muchos amigos, cuando en realidad es una persona muy agradable he doesn't have a lot of friends, even though he's actually a very nice person

4. [introduce valoración negativa] when, even though;

siempre está protestando, cuando es el que más oportunidades recibe he's always complaining even though o when he's the one who gets more chances than anyone else

♦ prep

quemaron ese colegio cuando la guerra that school was burned down during the war;

son restos de cuando los romanos they are remains from Roman times;

cuando niño, solía bañarme en este río when I was a boy I used to swim in this river

* * *

cuando

I conj when; condicional if;

cuando quieras whenever you want

II adv when;

de cuando en cuando from time to time;

cuando menos at least;

cuando más, cuando mucho at (the) most

* * *

cuándo adv & conj

1) : when

¿cuándo llegará?: when will she arrive?

no sabemos cuándo será: we don't know when it will be

2)

¿de cuándo acá? : since when?, how come?

cuando conj

1) : when

cuando llegó: when he arrived

2) : since, if

cuando lo dices: if you say so

3)

cuando más : at the most

4)

de vez en cuando : from time to time

cuando prep

: during, at the time of

cuando la guerra: during the war

* * *

cuando adv when

cuando era pequeño when I was little

cuando deje de llover when it stops raining

de cuando en cuando from time to time

Spanish-English dictionary > cuando
42 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
43 después

adv.

afterwards, after, afterward, in a while.

* * *

después

► adverbio

1 afterwards, later

■ iremos después we'll go later

2 (entonces) then

■ y después dijo que sí and then he said yes

3 (luego) next

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

después de (tiempo) after 2 (desde) since 3 (+ pp) after, once

■ después de la cena after supper

■ después de 1992 se ha dedicado a la pintura he's been a painter since 1992

■ después de recogida la habitación se fue a dormir he went to bed after tidying up his room

después de todo after all

■ después de todo no está tan mal it's not that bad after all

después que after, when

■ después que saliera empezó a llover it started to rain just after he'd left

* * *

adv.

1) afterwards

2) next, then

•

- después de
- después de todo
* * *

ADV

1) [con sentido temporal]

a) (=más tarde) later, later on; [tras un hecho concreto] afterwards, after

nos vemos después — I'll see you later (on)

no me da tiempo antes de la cena, lo haré después — I haven't got time before dinner, I'll do it after(wards)

poco después — soon after(wards), not long after(wards)

lo vi en enero, pero después no lo he visto más — I saw him in January, but I haven't seen him since (then)

b) (=a continuación) then, next

¿qué pasó después? — what happened then o next?

2) [con sentido espacial]

primero está el bar y después mi casa — first there's the bar and then, next to it, my house

gire a la derecha dos calles después — take the second turning on the right after that

3) [en orden, jerarquía] then

primero está el director y después el subdirector — first there's the manager, and then the assistant manager

4)

después de — [con sentido temporal] after

lo saludé después del funeral — I said hello to him after the funeral

después de aplicarse la mascarilla, relájese — after applying the mask, relax

nadie llamó después de que te fueras — nobody called after you had gone

no debería llegar después de las diez — I shouldn't be any later than ten

llegó después de mí — he arrived after me

no lo he vuelto a ver después de Navidad — I haven't seen him since Christmas

después de marcharse no hemos sabido nada de él — we haven't heard anything from him since he left

en el año 300 después de Cristo — in (the year) 300 AD

5)

después de — [en orden, jerarquía] after, next to

mi nombre está después del tuyo — my name comes next to o after yours

6)

después de todo — after all

después de todo, no parece tan antipático — he doesn't seem so unpleasant, after all

7)

después que — * after

me ducharé después que tú — I'll have a shower after you

* * *

adverbio

1)

a) ( más tarde) later

b) ( en una serie de sucesos) then, afterwards

y después me vino a ver a mí — and then he came to see me

después no lo he vuelto a ver — I haven't seen him since then

c) (en locs)

después de — after

después de Cristo — AD

después de + inf — after -ing

después de hablar contigo — after talking to you

después de pelar el limón — once you have peeled the lemon

después de todo — after all

después (de) que — when, after

después (de) que + subj — ( refiriéndose al futuro) once, when

después (de) que todos se hayan ido — once o when everybody has left

después (de) que te bañes — once o when you've had a bath

después que — after

usted llegó después que yo — you arrived after me

2) ( en el espacio)

bájate dos paradas después — get off two stops after that

hay una casa y después está el colegio — there is a house and then you come to the school

está justo después del puente — it's just past the bridge

3)

a) (indicando orden, prioridad) then

después de ti or después que tú, voy yo — I'm after you

b) ( además) then

después tenemos éstos, que son más baratos — then we have these, which are cheaper

* * *

= afterward(s), later, then, in the aftermath, in later years, later on, thereafter.

Ex. We shape our buildings and afterwards our buildings shape us.

Ex. Later, after examining maps of the area he may discover that the area that he is really interested in is Parliament Hill.

Ex. A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.

Ex. This article discusses the features of the library's disaster planning which had been overlooked but could have reduced the severity of the problems encountered in the aftermath.

Ex. In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.

Ex. Later on, his findings were developed and specified in numerous studies by pedologists and vulcanologists.

Ex. At the two extremes, the order may simply be decided for each topic as and when it arises, and followed thereafter.

----

* antes o después de = either side of.

* depósito de préstamos después de las horas de apertura = after-hours book drop.

* después de = after, following, subsequent to, in the wake of, no sooner than.

* después de conseguir empleo = postappointment.

* después de eso = thereafter.

* después de la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].

* después de la escuela = after-school hours, after-school time.

* después de la prueba = posttest [post-test].

* después de la queja = postcomplaint [post-complaint].

* después de la reclamación = postcomplaint [post-complaint].

* después del examen = posttest [post-test].

* después del horario de trabajo = after hours [after-hours].

* después del horario normal = after hours [after-hours].

* después de lo cual = whereupon.

* después del parto = postpartum.

* después de todo = after all.

* Expresión Temporal + después = Expresión Temporal + on.

* Fecha + d.C. (Después de Cristo) = AD [A.D.] + Fecha (Anno Domini).

* inmediatamente después = thereupon [thereon].

* inmediatamente después de = fast on the heels of, on the heels of, on the coattails of.

* justo después = immediately.

* justo después de = right behind, right after, on the heels of, on the coattails of.

* justo después de (que) = immediately after.

* loción para después del afeitado = aftershave lotion, aftershave.

* morir después que = outlive.

* muchísimo tiempo después = ages and ages hence.

* mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.

* mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.

* no mucho después = not long after.

* Número + años después = Número + years on.

* píldora del día después = morning-after pill.

* poco después = soon afterwards, shortly afterwards, shortly after, not long after.

* poco después de = soon after (that), shortly after.

* poco después de que = shortly after.

* poco tiempo después = shortly afterwards.

* venir justo después de = come on + the heels of.

* * *

adverbio

1)

a) ( más tarde) later

b) ( en una serie de sucesos) then, afterwards

y después me vino a ver a mí — and then he came to see me

después no lo he vuelto a ver — I haven't seen him since then

c) (en locs)

después de — after

después de Cristo — AD

después de + inf — after -ing

después de hablar contigo — after talking to you

después de pelar el limón — once you have peeled the lemon

después de todo — after all

después (de) que — when, after

después (de) que + subj — ( refiriéndose al futuro) once, when

después (de) que todos se hayan ido — once o when everybody has left

después (de) que te bañes — once o when you've had a bath

después que — after

usted llegó después que yo — you arrived after me

2) ( en el espacio)

bájate dos paradas después — get off two stops after that

hay una casa y después está el colegio — there is a house and then you come to the school

está justo después del puente — it's just past the bridge

3)

a) (indicando orden, prioridad) then

después de ti or después que tú, voy yo — I'm after you

b) ( además) then

después tenemos éstos, que son más baratos — then we have these, which are cheaper

* * *

= afterward(s), later, then, in the aftermath, in later years, later on, thereafter.

Ex: We shape our buildings and afterwards our buildings shape us.

Ex: Later, after examining maps of the area he may discover that the area that he is really interested in is Parliament Hill.

Ex: A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.

Ex: This article discusses the features of the library's disaster planning which had been overlooked but could have reduced the severity of the problems encountered in the aftermath.

Ex: In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.

Ex: Later on, his findings were developed and specified in numerous studies by pedologists and vulcanologists.

Ex: At the two extremes, the order may simply be decided for each topic as and when it arises, and followed thereafter.

* antes o después de = either side of.

* depósito de préstamos después de las horas de apertura = after-hours book drop.

* después de = after, following, subsequent to, in the wake of, no sooner than.

* después de conseguir empleo = postappointment.

* después de eso = thereafter.

* después de la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].

* después de la escuela = after-school hours, after-school time.

* después de la prueba = posttest [post-test].

* después de la queja = postcomplaint [post-complaint].

* después de la reclamación = postcomplaint [post-complaint].

* después del examen = posttest [post-test].

* después del horario de trabajo = after hours [after-hours].

* después del horario normal = after hours [after-hours].

* después de lo cual = whereupon.

* después del parto = postpartum.

* después de todo = after all.

* Expresión Temporal + después = Expresión Temporal + on.

* Fecha + d.C. (Después de Cristo) = AD [A.D.] + Fecha (Anno Domini).

* inmediatamente después = thereupon [thereon].

* inmediatamente después de = fast on the heels of, on the heels of, on the coattails of.

* justo después = immediately.

* justo después de = right behind, right after, on the heels of, on the coattails of.

* justo después de (que) = immediately after.

* loción para después del afeitado = aftershave lotion, aftershave.

* morir después que = outlive.

* muchísimo tiempo después = ages and ages hence.

* mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.

* mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.

* no mucho después = not long after.

* Número + años después = Número + years on.

* píldora del día después = morning-after pill.

* poco después = soon afterwards, shortly afterwards, shortly after, not long after.

* poco después de = soon after (that), shortly after.

* poco después de que = shortly after.

* poco tiempo después = shortly afterwards.

* venir justo después de = come on + the heels of.

* * *

después

adverb

A

1 (más tarde) later

no me enteré hasta mucho después I didn't find out until much later o until a long time afterwards

2 (en una serie de sucesos) then, afterwards

primero habló con ella y después me vino a ver a mí first he spoke to her and then he came to see me

3 ( en locs):

después de after

pocos días después de la boda a few days after the wedding

después de Jesucristo AD

después DE + INF after -ING

después de hablar contigo me sentí mejor after I talked o after talking to you I felt better

después de mucho pensarlo after (giving it) a lot of thought

después de pelar el limón once you have peeled the lemon

después de todo after all

después (de) que when, after

después (de) que se enteró no le escribió más when o after she found out she never wrote to him again

después ( DE) QUE + SUBJ (refiriéndose al futuro) when, once

después (de) que todos se hayan ido once o when everybody has left

después (de) que te bañes once o when you've had a bath

después que after

usted llegó después que yo you arrived after me

B

(en el espacio): bájate dos paradas después get off two stops after that

hay varias casas y después está el colegio there are some houses and then you come to the school

está justo después del puente it's just past the bridge, it's just on the other side of the bridge

C

1 (indicando orden, prioridad) then

primero está este señor y después yo this gentleman is first, and then me

primero está la salud y después lo demás good health comes first, and then everything else, good health comes before anything else

después de ti or después que tú, voy yo I'm after you

2 (además) then

después tenemos éstos, que son más baratos then we have these, which are cheaper

* * *

después adverbio
1
a) ( más tarde) later;

◊ para después for later

b) ( en una serie de sucesos) then, afterward(s);

◊ después no lo he vuelto a ver I haven't seen him since then

c) ( en locs)

◊ después de after;

después de Cristo AD;
después de hacer algo after doing sth;
después de todo after all;
después (de) que after;

( refiriéndose al futuro) once, when;
◊ después (de) que todos se hayan ido once o when everybody has left;

después que after
2 ( en el espacio):
◊ bájate dos paradas después get off two stops further on;

hay una casa y después está el colegio there is a house and then you come to the school;
está justo después del puente it's just past the bridge
después adverbio
1 (más tarde) later, afterwards
(luego) then
(seguidamente) next
unos días después, a few days later
mucho después, a long time later
poco después, soon after
2 (posición) next, then
3 (pospuesto a nombres de espacio o tiempo: siguiente) el día después, the next day
♦ Locuciones: después de, after: (al finalizar) nos volvimos a ver después de su hospitalización, we saw each other after her stay in the hospital
después de comer, after eating
(orden) mi pupitre está después del suyo, my desk is the one after his
después de todo, after all
después de que, after: lo tendrás después de que apruebes, you'll have it after you pass
' después' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adscribirse
- anegarse
- animosidad
- bochinche
- clara
- claro
- cojera
- comida
- conquistar
- d. C
- desmembrarse
- desvariar
- deterioro
- docencia
- enloquecer
- establecerse
- guarnición
- incluida
- incluido
- inclusive
- madrugada
- mies
- molesta
- molesto
- noche
- obligada
- obligado
- para
- poca
- poco
- previa
- previo
- quisque
- quisqui
- rehacerse
- respirar
- suceder
- tarde
- tiempo
- toda
- todo
- tras
- vuestra
- vuestro
- a
- caminata
- cavilar
- Cristo
- d. de C.
- dejar
English:
abandon
- abroad
- accomplice
- ad
- after
- afterlife
- aftershave (lotion)
- afterwards
- alive
- alone
- also
- always
- arm
- ask back
- asleep
- blow up
- body
- bounce back
- brisk
- burial
- bust up
- but
- chaser
- clear off
- clear up
- come back
- come round
- come to
- comedown
- consolation
- crack
- crystallize
- dark
- debt
- decide on
- destroy
- dinner theater
- dip
- disown
- done
- downhill
- either
- enough
- evening
- ever
- fall apart
- flourish
- for
- frazzled
- freshen up

* * *

después

♦ adv

1. [en el tiempo] [más tarde] afterwards, later;
[entonces] then; [justo lo siguiente] next;
poco después soon after;

mucho después much later;

un año después a year later;

años después years later;

después de Cristo AD;

ellos llegaron después they arrived later;

llamé primero y después entré I knocked first and then I went in;

primero vienen los elefantes, luego los malabaristas y después los payasos first come the elephants, then the jugglers and then o after them the clowns;

yo voy después it's my turn next;

nos veremos después see you later;

ahora todo son risitas, después vendrán los lloros you may be giggling now, but you'll be crying later;

después de after;

llegó después de ti she arrived after you;

después de él, nadie lo ha conseguido no one else has done it since he did;

después de hacer algo after doing sth;

después de hervir la pasta, añada la salsa once the pasta is cooked, add the sauce;

después de desayunar after breakfast;

¡qué pena que no ganaran, después de lo bien que lo hicieron! what a shame they lost after playing so well!;

después de que after;

después de que amanezca after dawn;

después de que te fueras a la cama after you went to bed;

después de que lo hice after I did it, after doing it;

después de todo lo que han hecho por ti, ¿cómo puedes tratarlos tan mal? how can you treat them so badly, after everything they've done for you?;

llegó después que yo she arrived after I did o after me

2. [en el espacio] next, after;

¿qué viene después? what comes next o after?;

hay un hotel y después está mi casa there's a hotel and then there's my house;

varios bloques después several blocks further on;

está 2 kilómetros después del pueblo it's 2 kilometres past the village;

nos bajaremos cinco paradas después we get off five stops later;

después de usted [al dejar pasar] after you

3. [en una lista, jerarquía] further down;

después de after;

después de él, soy el primero de la clase after him, I'm the best in the class;

después del vino, la cerveza es la bebida más popular after wine, beer is the most popular drink;

quedó después del atleta ruso he finished behind the Russian athlete;

primero viene el deber, y después el placer business before pleasure

♦ después de todo loc adv

after all;

después de todo, no nos podemos quejar we can't complain, after all

* * *

después

adv

1 ( más tarde) afterward, later

2 seguido en orden next;

yo voy después I’m next;

después de que se vaya after he’s gone

3 en el espacio after;

después de after;

después de la parada after the bus stop

4 en locuciones

:

después de todo after all

* * *

después adv

1) : afterward, later

2) : then, next

3)

después de : after, next after

después de comer: after eating

4)

después (de) que : after

después que lo acabé: after I finished it

5)

después de todo : after all

6)

poco después : shortly after, soon thereafter

* * *

después adv

1. (más tarde) afterwards / later

dos años después two years later

después iremos al cine we'll go to the cinema later

2. (luego) then / next

para ella, primero es la familia y después los amigos for her, the family comes first and then her friends

Spanish-English dictionary > después
44 ER

I) (older form es), rel. part. in old poems and in law phrases ‘es’ is suffixed to a demonstrative or interrogative word, pron. or adv., as s: sás, sús, þats, þeims, þærs; þars, þás, þegars, síðans, hveims, hvars, &c., = sá es, sú es, þar es, þá es, &c.

I. used as a rel. pron., indecl., who, which, that;

1) Mörðr hét maðr, er (nom.) kallaðr var gígja;

grös fögr, er (acc.) hón hafði í hendi;

aðra hluti þá, er (gen.) menn vildu visir verða;

þann einn son, er (dat.) hann ann lítit;

2) with a prep. placed at the end of the sentence;

land, er hann kom frá, the land he came from;

jötunn, er ór steini var höfuðit á (viz. honum), whose head was of stone;

3) ellipt., the prep. being understood;

ór þeim ættum, er mér þóttu fuglarnir fljúga (viz. ór), from the quarter that I thought the birds flew from;

þeir hafa nú látit líf sitt, er mér þykkir eigi vert at lifa (viz. eptir), whom I think it is not worth while to outlive;

4) a personal or demonstr. pron. may be added to the rel. part., er þú, er þik; er hann, er hón, er hana, er hans, er hennar, er þeim, er þeiri, er þeira, etc.;

œrr ertu, Loki, er þú (who) yðra telr ljóta leiðstafi;

sá maðr, er hann vill, that man who wishes;

nema ein Goðrún, er hón æva grét, who never wept;

ekkja heitir sú, er búandi hennar (whose husband) varð sóttdauðr;

þann konung, er undir honum eru skatt-konungar, that king under whom are tributary kings;

5) in the fourteenth century added to the int. pron., hverr;

þat herbergi, í hverju er hann ( in which = er hann í því) hefir sitt ráð ok ræðr;

II. as a conj. and adv.

1) local, er, þar er, there where;

hann sá á eldinum fölskann, er netit hafði brunnit, where the net had been burnt;

Ó. gekk þar til, er H. lá, to the spot where H. lay;

2) of time, er, þá er, when;

ok er, and when;

en er, but when;

þar til er, until;

í því er, just when;

eptir (þat) er, when;

þegar er, as soon as (þegar er lýsti, stóð konungr upp);

síðan er, since;

meðan er, while;

næst er vér kómum, next when we came;

þá lét í hamrinum, sem er reið gengr, as when it thunders;

3) = at, that;

ok fannst þat á öllu, er hón þóttist vargefin, that she thought she was thrown away;

ek em þess sæll, er okkart félag sleit, I am happy that;

skyldi fara fyrst leyniliga, en þó kom þar, er allir vissu, but it came to this, that every one knew of it.

II) from vera.

* * *

1.

old form es, mod. sometimes eð, but usually ‘er;’ indecl. Particle used as relat. pron. or as relat. adv.; in very old MSS. always es, and rhymed so by old poets; in the 12th century it changed into er. In poems and in law phrases the particle ‘es’ is suffixed to the pronoun or adverb, as s or z, e. g. thus: as pron., sá’s = sá es (so in ‘people’s Engl.’ he as, him as, for he who, etc.), Hkr. iii. 11 (Sighvat); dat. þeim’s = þeim es, illi qui, Hm. 3, Fms. vi. 38 (Sighvat); acc. masc. þann’z or þann’s = þann es, illum qui, Vsp. 45 (MS.), Od. i, Hm. 44, 120, Hým. 39, Am. 90; neut. þatz = þat es, illud quod, Hm. 39, Am. 37, Hkv. Hjörv. 3, Fms. iii. 9 (Hallfred): as conj. or adv., hvárt’z … eða = hvárt es … eða, utrum … an, Grág. (Ed. 1853); hvárt’z hann vill at reiða eða …, i. 25, 145, 152, 155, 156, 161, 233, ii. 50: as adv., þegar’s = þegar es, as soon as, Grág. (Ed. 1853) i. 94, Am. 30; síðan’s = síðan es, since (Old Engl. sithens, sithence), 78; even sem’s = sem es, Am. 103; hvar’s = hvar es, wherever, 47, Mork. 138, Hm. 138; hve’s = hve es, however, 140 (MS. hvers), Skálda 190 (in a verse); þar’s = þar es, there where, i. e. where, Grág. i. 46, 153, Hm. 66, Hbl. 60, Gm. 8, Ls. 50, Mork. 18, 34, 37, 62, 170, Skálda 189 (Bragi), Edda (Ht.) 124, where this anastrophe is called bragar-mál, poetical diction; hvarge’s = hvarge es, wherever, Grág. ii. 44. The Icel. has no relat. pron. but only the relat. particles er and sem, both of them indecl. in gender, case, and number; in simple sentences the sense (gender etc.) is clear from the context; and the language has certain expedients to meet the deficiency.

A. Used as relat. pron. which, who, that:

I. used alone, where there is perhaps an ellipse of the demonstrative, er = er hann (þeir, þær, þeim, etc.);

α. nom., á þeim bæ, er Abia heitir, 625. 83; Mörðr hét maðr, er kallaðr var Gigja, Nj. 1; hann átti dóttur eina, er Unnr hét, id.; þá skulu þeir, er fær eru ( who are) saman, Grág. i. 9; maðr, er þessa þurfi, id.; at þeim svörum, er verða, 19; lið þat, er þeim hafðI þangat fylgt, Fms. i. 62; konur þær, er völfur vóru kallaðar, iii. 212; þeim unga manni, er þar sitr hjá þér, id.

β. acc., þingfesti manna þeirra, er ( quos) menn vilja sækja, Grág. i. 19; sakar þeirrar, er ( quam) ek hefi höfðað, id.

γ. gen., aðra hluti þá, er ( quorum) menn viidu vísir verða, Fms. iii. 212.

δ. dat., þann einn, er ( cui) hann ann lítið, Fms. i. 86.

ε. joined to a demonstrative; allir Þrændir, þeir er …, all the Th., who …, Fms. i. 62.

II. with a prep., which, as often in Engl., is placed at the end of the sentence; er hann kom til, whom he came to; land, er hann kom frá, the land he came from; so Lat. quocum venit = er hann kom með sub quibus = er … undir; in quibus = er … í, etc.: the prep. may also be a penultimate, e. g. the phrase, er mér er á ván, wlich I have a hope of; or, er hann var yfir settr, whom he was set over, etc.; this use of the pronoun is undoubtedly elliptical, the corresponding demonstrative pronoun being left out, although the ellipse is not felt; þvengrinn sá er muðrinn Loka var saman rifjaðr með (Kb. omits the prep.), the lace that the mouth of Loki was stitched with, Edda 71; öðrum höfðingjum, þeim er honum þótti liðs at ván (that is to say, þeim, er honum þótti liðs van at þeim), at whose hands, i. e. from whom he thought help likely to come, Fms. i; þeir er ek mæli þetta til (= er ek mæli þetta til þeirra), those to whom I speak, xi. 12; er engi hefir áðr til orðit, Nj. 190; in stórúðgi jötunn, er ór steini var höfuðit á (= er ór steini var höfuðit á honum), whose head was of stone. Hbl. 15; því er vér urðum á sáttir, Fms. xi. 34; við glugg þann í loptinu, er fuglinn hafðI áðr við setið. the window close to which the bird sat. Eg.: nokkurum þeim höfðingja, er mér sé eigandi vinátta við (viz. þá). Ó. H. 78: þá sjón, er mér þykir mikils um vert (viz. hana), 74; er mér þat at sýn orðit, er ek hefi opt heyrt frá sagt (= frá því sagt), 57; til vatns þess, er Á en Helga fellr ór, 163: til kirkju þeirra, es bein eru færð til, Grág. i. 13 new Ed.

2. ellipt. the prep. being understood, esp. to avoid the repetition of it; ekirinn sá er brendr vár Ásgarðr (viz. með), Edda (pref.); hann gékk til herbergis þess, er konungr var inni (viz. í), he went to the house that the king was in, Ó. H. 160, Fb. iii. 251; dyrr þær, er ganga mátti upp á húsit (viz. gegnum, through), the doors through which one could walk up to the house, Eg. 421; ór þeim ættum er mér þóttu fuglarnir fljúga (viz. ór), the airt ( quarter) that I thought the birds flew from, Ísl. ii. 196; yfir þeim manni, er Mörðr hafði sök sína fram sagt (viz. yfir), the man over whose head ( to whom) Mord had pleaded his suit, Nj. 242; þrjú þing, þau er menn ætluðu (viz. á), three parliaments, in ( during) which men thought …, 71; nær borg þeirri, er konungr sat (viz. í), near the town the king resided in, Eg. 287; Montakassin, er dyrkast Benedictus, Monte Cassino, where B. is worshipped, Fms. xi. 415; þeir hafa nú látið lif sitt fyrir skömmu, er mér þykir eigi vert at lifa (viz. eptir), they, whom methinks it is not worth while to outlive, 150; fara eptir með hunda, er þeir vóru vanir at spyrja þá upp (viz. með), er undan hljópusk, they pursued with hounds, that they were wont to pick up fugitives with, i. e. with bloodbounds, v. 145; þat er í þrem stöðum, er dauðum má sök gefa (viz. í), it is in three places that a man can be slain with impunity, N. G. L. i. 62; þat er í einum stað, er maðr hittir (viz. í), it is in one place that …, id.

III. a demonstrative pron. may be added to the relat. particle, e. g. er þeirra = quorum, er þeim = quibus, er hans, er hennar = cujus; but this is chiefly used in old translations from Lat., being rarely found in original writings; þann konung, er undir honum eru skatt-konungar, that king under whom vassals serve, Edda 93; ekkja heitir sú, er búandi hennar ( whose husband) varð sótt-dauðr; hæll er sú kona kölluð er búandi hennar er veginn, 108; sú sam-stafa, er raddar-stafr hennar er náttúrlega skammr, that syllable, the vowel of which is naturally short, Skálda 179; sá maðr, er hann vill, that man who wishes, Grág. i. 19; sá maðr, er hann skal fasta, 36; nema ein Guðrún, er hón æva grét, G. that never wailed, Gh. 40; þess manns, er hann girnisk, Hom. 54; sæl er sú bygghlaða … er ór þeirri …, felix est illud horreum … unde …, Hom. 15; engi er hærri speki en sú, er í þeirri …, nulla melior est sapientia quam ea, qua …, 28; varðveita boðorð hans, fyrir þann er vér erum skapaðir, ejusque mandata custodire, per quem creati sumus, 28; harða göfugr er háttr hófsemi, fyrir þá er saman stendr …, nobilis virtus est valde temperantia, per quam …, id.; elskendum Guð þann er svá mælti, Deum diligentibus qui ait, id.; skírn Græðara várs, er í þeirri, 56; er á þeim = in quibus, 52: rare in mod. writers, enginn kann að játa eðr iðrast réttilega þeirrar syndar, er hann þekkir ekki stærð hennar og ílsku, Vídal. i. 226.

IV. in the 14th century, the relat. pron. hverr was admitted, but by adding the particle er; yet it has never prevailed, and no relative pronoun is used in Icel. (except that this pronoun occurs in the N. T. and sermons, e. g. Luke xi. 1, whose blood Pilate had mingled, is rendered hverra blóði Pilatus hafði blandað; an old translator would have said, er P. hafði blandað blóði þeirra): hvern er þeir erfðu, M. K. 156; hverjar er hón lauk mér, id.; af hverju er hann megi marka, Stj. 114; hvat er tákna mundi, Fms. xi. 12.

V. the few following instances are rare and curious, er þú, er ek, er mér, er hón; and are analogous to the Germ. der ich, der du, I that, thou that; in Hm. l. c. ‘er’ is almost a superfluous enclitic, eyvitar fyrna er maðr annan skal, Hm. 93; sáttir þínar er ek vil snemma hafa, Alm. 7; ójafnt skipta er þú mundir, Hbl. 25; þrár hafðar er ek hefi, Fsm. 50; auði frá er mér ætluð var, sandi orpin sæng, Sl. 49; lauga-vatn er mér leiðast var eitt allra hluta, 50; ærr ertu Loki, er þú yðra telr, Ls. 29, cp. 21, Og. 12, Hkv. 2. 32; tröll, er þik bíta eigi járn, Ísl. ii. 364. ☞ This want of a proper relat. pron. has probably preserved Icel. prose from foreign influences; in rendering Lat. or mod. Germ. into Icel. almost every sentence must be altered and broken up in order to make it vernacular.

B. Conj. and adv. joined with a demonstrative particle, where, when:

1. loc., þar er, there where = ubi; þar er hvárki sé akr né eng, Grág. i. 123; hvervetna þess, er, N. G. L. passim.

2. temp. when; ok er, and when; en er, but when: þá er, then when; þar til er, until, etc., passim; annan dag, er menn gengu, Nj. 3; brá þeim mjök við, er þan sá hann, 68; sjaldan fór þá svá, er vel vildi, Ld. 290; ok í því er Þórgils, and in the nick of time when Th., id.: þá lét í hamrinum sem er ( as when) reið gengr, Ísl. ii. 434; næst er vér kómum, next when we came, Eg. 287; þá er vér, when we, id.

II. conj. that (vide ‘at’ II, p. 29); þat er (is) mitt ráð er ( that) þú kallir til tals, Eg. 540; ok þat, er hann ætlar, Nj. 7: ok fansk þat á öllu, er ( that) hon þóttisk vargefin, 17; en þessi er (is) frásögn til þess, er ( that) þeir vóru Heljar-skinn kallaðir, Sturl. i. 1; ok finna honum þá sök, er (en MS.) hann hafði verit, that he had been, Fms. vii. 331; af hverju er hann megi marka, from which he may infer, Stj. 135; hvárt er (en MS.) er (is) ungr eða gamall, either that he is young or old, N. G. L. i. 349; spurði hann at, hvárt er, asked him whether, Barl. 92; mikill skaði, er slíkr maðr, that such a man, Fms. vi. 15; hlægligt mér þat þykkir, er ( that) þú þinn harm tínir, Am. 53; er þér gengsk illa, that it goes ill with thee, 53, 89; hins viltú geta, er ( that) vit Hrungnir deildum, Hbl. 15.

2. denoting cause; er dóttir mín er hörð í skapi, for that my daughter is hard of heart, Nj. 17.

β. er þó, although, Skálda 164.

3. þegar er, as soon as, when, Fms. iv. 95, cp. þegar’s above: alls er þú ert, for that thou art, i. 305; síðan er, since, after that, Grág. i. 135; en siðan er Freyr hafði heygðr verít, Hkr. (pref.); but without ‘er,’ N. G. L. i. 342. In the earliest and best MSS. distinction is made between eptir er ( postquam), þegar er ( quum), meðan er ( dum), síðan er ( postquam), and on the other hand eptir ( post), þegar ( jam), meðan ( interdum), síðan (post, deinde); cp. meðan’s, síðan’s, þegar’s, above; but in most old MSS. and writers the particle is left out, often, no doubt, merely from inaccuracy in the MSS., or even in the editions, (in MSS. ‘er’ is almost always spelt  and easily overlooked): again, in mod. usage the particle ‘at, að,’ is often used as equivalent to ‘er,’ meðan að, whilst; síðan að, since that; þegar að, postquam, (vide ‘at’ V, p. 29.)

2.

3rd pers. pres. is, vide vera.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ER
45 Artificial Intelligence

   1) Programs and the Complexity of Human Mental Processes

   In my opinion, none of [these programs] does even remote justice to the complexity of human mental processes. Unlike men, "artificially intelligent" programs tend to be single minded, undistractable, and unemotional. (Neisser, 1967, p. 9)

   2) Artificial Intelligence Is an Engineering Discipline

   Future progress in [artificial intelligence] will depend on the development of both practical and theoretical knowledge.... As regards theoretical knowledge, some have sought a unified theory of artificial intelligence. My view is that artificial intelligence is (or soon will be) an engineering discipline since its primary goal is to build things. (Nilsson, 1971, pp. vii-viii)

   3) A Sceptical View of Artificial Intelligence

   Most workers in AI [artificial intelligence] research and in related fields confess to a pronounced feeling of disappointment in what has been achieved in the last 25 years. Workers entered the field around 1950, and even around 1960, with high hopes that are very far from being realized in 1972. In no part of the field have the discoveries made so far produced the major impact that was then promised.... In the meantime, claims and predictions regarding the potential results of AI research had been publicized which went even farther than the expectations of the majority of workers in the field, whose embarrassments have been added to by the lamentable failure of such inﬂated predictions....

   When able and respected scientists write in letters to the present author that AI, the major goal of computing science, represents "another step in the general process of evolution"; that possibilities in the 1980s include an all-purpose intelligence on a human-scale knowledge base; that awe-inspiring possibilities suggest themselves based on machine intelligence exceeding human intelligence by the year 2000 [one has the right to be skeptical]. (Lighthill, 1972, p. 17)

   4) Just as Astronomy Succeeded Astrology, the Discovery of Intellectual Processes in Machines Should Lead to a Science, Eventually

   Just as astronomy succeeded astrology, following Kepler's discovery of planetary regularities, the discoveries of these many principles in empirical explorations on intellectual processes in machines should lead to a science, eventually. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)

   5) Problems in Machine Intelligence Arise Because Things Obvious to Any Person Are Not Represented in the Program

   Many problems arise in experiments on machine intelligence because things obvious to any person are not represented in any program. One can pull with a string, but one cannot push with one.... Simple facts like these caused serious problems when Charniak attempted to extend Bobrow's "Student" program to more realistic applications, and they have not been faced up to until now. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 77)

   6) The Meaning of a Symbolic Description

   What do we mean by [a symbolic] "description"? We do not mean to suggest that our descriptions must be made of strings of ordinary language words (although they might be). The simplest kind of description is a structure in which some features of a situation are represented by single ("primitive") symbols, and relations between those features are represented by other symbols-or by other features of the way the description is put together. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)

   7) The Principle of Artificial Intelligence

   [AI is] the use of computer programs and programming techniques to cast light on the principles of intelligence in general and human thought in particular. (Boden, 1977, p. 5)

   8) Artificial Intelligence Recognizes the Need for Knowledge in Its Systems

   The word you look for and hardly ever see in the early AI literature is the word knowledge. They didn't believe you have to know anything, you could always rework it all.... In fact 1967 is the turning point in my mind when there was enough feeling that the old ideas of general principles had to go.... I came up with an argument for what I called the primacy of expertise, and at the time I called the other guys the generalists. (Moses, quoted in McCorduck, 1979, pp. 228-229)

   9) Artificial Intelligence Is Psychology in a Particularly Pure and Abstract Form

   The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense. We can now see why this includes psychology and artificial intelligence on a more or less equal footing: people and intelligent computers (if and when there are any) turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. Moreover, with universal hardware, any semantic engine can in principle be formally imitated by a computer if only the right program can be found. And that will guarantee semantic imitation as well, since (given the appropriate formal behavior) the semantics is "taking care of itself" anyway. Thus we also see why, from this perspective, artificial intelligence can be regarded as psychology in a particularly pure and abstract form. The same fundamental structures are under investigation, but in AI, all the relevant parameters are under direct experimental control (in the programming), without any messy physiology or ethics to get in the way. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)

    10) There Are Many Types of Reasoning

   There are many different kinds of reasoning one might imagine:

    Formal reasoning involves the syntactic manipulation of data structures to deduce new ones following prespecified rules of inference. Mathematical logic is the archetypical formal representation. Procedural reasoning uses simulation to answer questions and solve problems. When we use a program to answer What is the sum of 3 and 4? it uses, or "runs," a procedural model of arithmetic. Reasoning by analogy seems to be a very natural mode of thought for humans but, so far, difficult to accomplish in AI programs. The idea is that when you ask the question Can robins ﬂy? the system might reason that "robins are like sparrows, and I know that sparrows can ﬂy, so robins probably can ﬂy."

    Generalization and abstraction are also natural reasoning process for humans that are difficult to pin down well enough to implement in a program. If one knows that Robins have wings, that Sparrows have wings, and that Blue jays have wings, eventually one will believe that All birds have wings. This capability may be at the core of most human learning, but it has not yet become a useful technique in AI.... Meta- level reasoning is demonstrated by the way one answers the question What is Paul Newman's telephone number? You might reason that "if I knew Paul Newman's number, I would know that I knew it, because it is a notable fact." This involves using "knowledge about what you know," in particular, about the extent of your knowledge and about the importance of certain facts. Recent research in psychology and AI indicates that meta-level reasoning may play a central role in human cognitive processing. (Barr & Feigenbaum, 1981, pp. 146-147)

    11) Programs Are Beginning to Do Things That Critics Have Asserted to Be Impossible

   Suffice it to say that programs already exist that can do things-or, at the very least, appear to be beginning to do things-which ill-informed critics have asserted a priori to be impossible. Examples include: perceiving in a holistic as opposed to an atomistic way; using language creatively; translating sensibly from one language to another by way of a language-neutral semantic representation; planning acts in a broad and sketchy fashion, the details being decided only in execution; distinguishing between different species of emotional reaction according to the psychological context of the subject. (Boden, 1981, p. 33)

    12) The Synthesis of Man and Machine

   Can the synthesis of Man and Machine ever be stable, or will the purely organic component become such a hindrance that it has to be discarded? If this eventually happens-and I have... good reasons for thinking that it must-we have nothing to regret and certainly nothing to fear. (Clarke, 1984, p. 243)

    13) The Thesis of Good Old-Fashioned Artificial Intelligence (GOFAI)

   The thesis of GOFAI... is not that the processes underlying intelligence can be described symbolically... but that they are symbolic. (Haugeland, 1985, p. 113)

    14) Artificial Intelligence Provides a Useful Approach to Psychological and Psychiatric Theory Formation

   It is all very well formulating psychological and psychiatric theories verbally but, when using natural language (even technical jargon), it is difficult to recognise when a theory is complete; oversights are all too easily made, gaps too readily left. This is a point which is generally recognised to be true and it is for precisely this reason that the behavioural sciences attempt to follow the natural sciences in using "classical" mathematics as a more rigorous descriptive language. However, it is an unfortunate fact that, with a few notable exceptions, there has been a marked lack of success in this application. It is my belief that a different approach-a different mathematics-is needed, and that AI provides just this approach. (Hand, quoted in Hand, 1985, pp. 6-7)

    15) Four Kinds of Artificial Intelligence

   We might distinguish among four kinds of AI.

   ♦ Nonpsychological AI

   Research of this kind involves building and programming computers to perform tasks which, to paraphrase Marvin Minsky, would require intelligence if they were done by us. Researchers in nonpsychological AI make no claims whatsoever about the psychological realism of their programs or the devices they build, that is, about whether or not computers perform tasks as humans do.

   ♦ Weak Psychological AI

   Research here is guided by the view that the computer is a useful tool in the study of mind. In particular, we can write computer programs or build devices that simulate alleged psychological processes in humans and then test our predictions about how the alleged processes work. We can weave these programs and devices together with other programs and devices that simulate different alleged mental processes and thereby test the degree to which the AI system as a whole simulates human mentality. According to weak psychological AI, working with computer models is a way of refining and testing hypotheses about processes that are allegedly realized in human minds.

   ♦ Strong Psychological AI

... According to this view, our minds are computers and therefore can be duplicated by other computers. Sherry Turkle writes that the "real ambition is of mythic proportions, making a general purpose intelligence, a mind." (Turkle, 1984, p. 240) The authors of a major text announce that "the ultimate goal of AI research is to build a person or, more humbly, an animal." (Charniak & McDermott, 1985, p. 7)

   ♦ Suprapsychological AI

   Research in this field, like strong psychological AI, takes seriously the functionalist view that mentality can be realized in many different types of physical devices. Suprapsychological AI, however, accuses strong psychological AI of being chauvinisticof being only interested in human intelligence! Suprapsychological AI claims to be interested in all the conceivable ways intelligence can be realized. (Flanagan, 1991, pp. 241-242)

    16) Determination of Relevance of Rules in Particular Contexts

   Even if the [rules] were stored in a context-free form the computer still couldn't use them. To do that the computer requires rules enabling it to draw on just those [ rules] which are relevant in each particular context. Determination of relevance will have to be based on further facts and rules, but the question will again arise as to which facts and rules are relevant for making each particular determination. One could always invoke further facts and rules to answer this question, but of course these must be only the relevant ones. And so it goes. It seems that AI workers will never be able to get started here unless they can settle the problem of relevance beforehand by cataloguing types of context and listing just those facts which are relevant in each. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 80)

    17) Form and Content Are Not Fundamentally Different

   Perhaps the single most important idea to artificial intelligence is that there is no fundamental difference between form and content, that meaning can be captured in a set of symbols such as a semantic net. (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)

    18) The Assumption That the Mind Is a Formal System

   Artificial intelligence is based on the assumption that the mind can be described as some kind of formal system manipulating symbols that stand for things in the world. Thus it doesn't matter what the brain is made of, or what it uses for tokens in the great game of thinking. Using an equivalent set of tokens and rules, we can do thinking with a digital computer, just as we can play chess using cups, salt and pepper shakers, knives, forks, and spoons. Using the right software, one system (the mind) can be mapped into the other (the computer). (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)

    19) A Statement of the Primary and Secondary Purposes of Artificial Intelligence

   The primary goal of Artificial Intelligence is to make machines smarter.

   The secondary goals of Artificial Intelligence are to understand what intelligence is (the Nobel laureate purpose) and to make machines more useful (the entrepreneurial purpose). (Winston, 1987, p. 1)

    20) Mathematical Logic Provides the Basis for Theory in AI

   The theoretical ideas of older branches of engineering are captured in the language of mathematics. We contend that mathematical logic provides the basis for theory in AI. Although many computer scientists already count logic as fundamental to computer science in general, we put forward an even stronger form of the logic-is-important argument....

   AI deals mainly with the problem of representing and using declarative (as opposed to procedural) knowledge. Declarative knowledge is the kind that is expressed as sentences, and AI needs a language in which to state these sentences. Because the languages in which this knowledge usually is originally captured (natural languages such as English) are not suitable for computer representations, some other language with the appropriate properties must be used. It turns out, we think, that the appropriate properties include at least those that have been uppermost in the minds of logicians in their development of logical languages such as the predicate calculus. Thus, we think that any language for expressing knowledge in AI systems must be at least as expressive as the first-order predicate calculus. (Genesereth & Nilsson, 1987, p. viii)

    21) Perceptual Structures Can Be Represented as Lists of Elementary Propositions

   In artificial intelligence studies, perceptual structures are represented as assemblages of description lists, the elementary components of which are propositions asserting that certain relations hold among elements. (Chase & Simon, 1988, p. 490)

    22) Definitions of Artificial Intelligence

   Artificial intelligence (AI) is sometimes defined as the study of how to build and/or program computers to enable them to do the sorts of things that minds can do. Some of these things are commonly regarded as requiring intelligence: offering a medical diagnosis and/or prescription, giving legal or scientific advice, proving theorems in logic or mathematics. Others are not, because they can be done by all normal adults irrespective of educational background (and sometimes by non-human animals too), and typically involve no conscious control: seeing things in sunlight and shadows, finding a path through cluttered terrain, fitting pegs into holes, speaking one's own native tongue, and using one's common sense. Because it covers AI research dealing with both these classes of mental capacity, this definition is preferable to one describing AI as making computers do "things that would require intelligence if done by people." However, it presupposes that computers could do what minds can do, that they might really diagnose, advise, infer, and understand. One could avoid this problematic assumption (and also side-step questions about whether computers do things in the same way as we do) by defining AI instead as "the development of computers whose observable performance has features which in humans we would attribute to mental processes." This bland characterization would be acceptable to some AI workers, especially amongst those focusing on the production of technological tools for commercial purposes. But many others would favour a more controversial definition, seeing AI as the science of intelligence in general-or, more accurately, as the intellectual core of cognitive science. As such, its goal is to provide a systematic theory that can explain (and perhaps enable us to replicate) both the general categories of intentionality and the diverse psychological capacities grounded in them. (Boden, 1990b, pp. 1-2)

    23) The Computer Can Not Be a Model of the Mind

   Because the ability to store data somewhat corresponds to what we call memory in human beings, and because the ability to follow logical procedures somewhat corresponds to what we call reasoning in human beings, many members of the cult have concluded that what computers do somewhat corresponds to what we call thinking. It is no great difficulty to persuade the general public of that conclusion since computers process data very fast in small spaces well below the level of visibility; they do not look like other machines when they are at work. They seem to be running along as smoothly and silently as the brain does when it remembers and reasons and thinks. On the other hand, those who design and build computers know exactly how the machines are working down in the hidden depths of their semiconductors. Computers can be taken apart, scrutinized, and put back together. Their activities can be tracked, analyzed, measured, and thus clearly understood-which is far from possible with the brain. This gives rise to the tempting assumption on the part of the builders and designers that computers can tell us something about brains, indeed, that the computer can serve as a model of the mind, which then comes to be seen as some manner of information processing machine, and possibly not as good at the job as the machine. (Roszak, 1994, pp. xiv-xv)

    24) Computers Will Not Always Be Inferior to Human Brains

   The inner workings of the human mind are far more intricate than the most complicated systems of modern technology. Researchers in the field of artificial intelligence have been attempting to develop programs that will enable computers to display intelligent behavior. Although this field has been an active one for more than thirty-five years and has had many notable successes, AI researchers still do not know how to create a program that matches human intelligence. No existing program can recall facts, solve problems, reason, learn, and process language with human facility. This lack of success has occurred not because computers are inferior to human brains but rather because we do not yet know in sufficient detail how intelligence is organized in the brain. (Anderson, 1995, p. 2)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Artificial Intelligence
46 a la hora de la verdad

a la hora de la verdad

at the moment of truth, when it comes to it

* * *

= when push comes to shove, if it comes to the crunch, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, when the crunch comes to the crunch, if the crunch comes to the crunch

Ex. When push comes to shove, it seems that short-term economic interests steamroller scientific arguments.

Ex. You may never need the soldering iron, but if it comes to the crunch and you suddenly find you need one, you'll be glad it's there.

Ex. Interestingly, when it comes to the crunch, there seem to be a hell of a lot of agnostics out there.

Ex. When the worst comes to the worst what we should really fear is ourselves, and each other.

Ex. If the worst comes to the worst and you are attacked, try to escape rather than fight back, especially if you believe that your assailant may be armed.

Ex. But above all, he is still my brother and when the crunch comes to the crunch, we will all be there for him, no matter what the circumstances.

Ex. He's told the Argies that if the crunch comes to the crunch America will side with Britain.

* * *

= when push comes to shove, if it comes to the crunch, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, when the crunch comes to the crunch, if the crunch comes to the crunch

Ex: When push comes to shove, it seems that short-term economic interests steamroller scientific arguments.

Ex: You may never need the soldering iron, but if it comes to the crunch and you suddenly find you need one, you'll be glad it's there.

Ex: Interestingly, when it comes to the crunch, there seem to be a hell of a lot of agnostics out there.

Ex: When the worst comes to the worst what we should really fear is ourselves, and each other.

Ex: If the worst comes to the worst and you are attacked, try to escape rather than fight back, especially if you believe that your assailant may be armed.

Ex: But above all, he is still my brother and when the crunch comes to the crunch, we will all be there for him, no matter what the circumstances.

Ex: He's told the Argies that if the crunch comes to the crunch America will side with Britain.

Spanish-English dictionary > a la hora de la verdad
47 dar

v.

1 to give.

dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother

Ella me da dinero She gives me money.

Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.

El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.

2 to give, to produce.

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice

3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor

4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on

6 to show.

dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense

7 to teach.

dar inglés/historia to teach English/history

8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).

9 to strike (horas).

dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck

10 to get, to catch.

11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.

12 to feel.

Me da alegría I feel joy.

13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.

Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.

14 to give forth, to burst out.

Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.

15 to make one feel.

Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.

16 to hit.

Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place

17 to give up.

* * *

DAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.

Past Indicative

di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron.

Present Subjunctive

dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.

Imperfect Subjunctive

diera, dieras, diera, diéramos, dierais, dieran;

diese, dieses, diese, diésemos, dieseis, diesen.

Future Subjunctive

diere, dieres, diere, diéremos, diereis, dieren.

Imperative

da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to give

2) hit, strike

3) hand over, deliver

4) produce, yield

5) be enough

•

- dar a
- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

le dio un bocadillo a su hijo — he gave his son a sandwich

se lo di a Blanca — I gave it to Blanca

me dieron un diploma por mi buen comportamiento — I was given a diploma for good conduct

le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

• ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

• dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

dar un alarido — to shriek

dar una bofetada a algn — to slap sb

dar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

dio un golpe en la mesa — he banged on the table

dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw

la embajada dará una recepción — the embassy will hold a reception

4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

el reloj dio las tres — the clock struck three

ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

dar flores — to flower

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

8) (=tener como resultado)

el cálculo dio 99 — the sum worked out at 99

el atleta dio positivo en el control antidoping — the athlete tested positive for drugs

9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

me dio mucha alegría verla — I was very pleased to see her

las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

da gusto hablar con él — he's really nice to talk to

tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

me da pena tener que tirarlo — it's a pity to have to throw it away

el vino me da sueño — wine makes me sleepy

10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

vinieron a visitarme y me dieron la tarde — they came to visit and ruined my afternoon

¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

le dieron por desaparecido — they gave him up for lost

doy el dinero por bien empleado — I consider it money well spent

lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

lo podemos dar por terminado — we can consider it finished

12)

- ¡y dale!

- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale

la vecina está dale que dale al piano — our neighbour is pounding away at the piano

estoy dale que dale a este problema — I've been bashing away at this problem *

- a mí no me la das

- ¡ahí te las den todas!

- por si vienen mal dadas

para dar y tomar —

tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

aquí hay basura para dar y tomar — there's tons of rubbish here

- me da que...

me da que no va a venir — I have a feeling (that) he's not going to come

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar) to give

dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

- a quien dan no escoge

2) (=entrar)

me dieron ganas de vomitar — I felt like being sick

si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

le dio un fuerte dolor en el costado — he felt a sudden sharp pain in his side

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

3) (=importar)

¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

4) [seguido de preposición]
dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face
mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

dale más fuerte a la bomba — pump harder

¡dale! — hit him!

no es capaz de darle al balón de cabeza — he can't head the ball
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with
dimos con él dos horas más tarde — we found him two hours later

al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

no doy con el nombre — I can't think of the name

• dar [consigo] en — to end up in

dio consigo en la cárcel — he ended up in jail
dar contra (=golpear) to hit
el barco dio contra el puente — the ship hit the bridge
dar de
dar de palos a algn — to give sb a beating

dar de puñetazos a algn — to punch sb

dar de barniz a algo — to varnish sth

• dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

• dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

• dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

lo que cada uno puede dar de sí — what each person can contribute
dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with
el sol me da en la cara — the sun is in my eyes

• dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

han dado en llamarle Boko — they've taken to calling him Boko
darle a algn por hacer algo
le ha dado por no venir a clase — he has taken to cutting classes

les dio por venir a vernos — they took it into their heads to come and see us

últimamente le ha dado por el golf — he's taken up golf lately

al chico le daba por dormirse en la clase — the boy was always falling asleep in class

la casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for
con eso da para cuatro personas — this is enough for four people

mi pobre cabeza no da para más hoy — I don't think my poor head can take any more today

5) dar que hablar to set people talking

una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

3.

See:

darse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

----

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

* * *

dar [ A25 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A entregar

B regalar, donar

C en naipes

D

1 proporcionar

2 Música

E conferir, aportar

F

1 aplicar capa de barniz etc

2 dar: inyección etc

G

1 conceder prórroga etc

2 atribuir

3 pronosticando duración

4 dar: edad, años

H

1 expresar, decir

2 señalar, indicar

Sentido II

A producir

B rendir, alcanzar hasta

C causar, provocar

D arruinar, fastidiar

Sentido III

A presentar

B ofrecer, celebrar

C dar: conferencia

Sentido IV

A realizar la acción indicada

B dar: limpiada etc

Sentido V considerar

■ dar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 entregar

2 en naipes

B ser suficiente, alcanzar

C

1 dar a: puerta etc

2 llegar hasta

3 estar orientado hacia

D comunicar

E arrojar un resultado

F importar

Sentido II

A

1 pegar, golpear

2 darle a algo: tarea

3 darle a algo: hacer uso de

4 acertar

B

1 darle a algo: accionar

2 mover

C

1 indicando insistencia

2 instando a alguien a hacer algo

D dar con

Sentido III

A acometer, sobrevenir

B

1 darle a alguien por algo

2 darle a alguien con algo

C dar en

D dar: sol, viento, luz

E acabar

■ darse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B ocurrir

C resultar

Sentido II

A dedicarse, entregarse

B tratarse, ser sociable

Sentido III

A realizar la acción indicada

B

1 golpearse, pegarse

2 darse (de) golpes

3 darse (de) patadas etc

Sentido IV considerarse

vt

Sentido I

A (entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys

se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime

dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me

deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?

dar algo A + INF:

da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her

comer¹ vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender¹ vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar

B (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it

a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything

daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman two can play at that game

estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)

con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)

para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them

C (en naipes) to deal

¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand

D

1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give

sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me

eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book

me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice

mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education

es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing

pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information

2 ( Música) to give

¿me das el la? can you give me an A?

E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square

les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends

necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning

F

1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give

dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint

hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor

dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it

2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give

G

1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give

te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday

¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?

si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us

el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize

al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma

2

(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it

yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way

tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right

3 (pronosticando duración) to give

no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together

4

( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?

yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28

H

1

(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello

dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sb

tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences

me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion

le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you

¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?

me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him

te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order

han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated

2

(señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

muestra

Sentido II

A

(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield

esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat

esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%

los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit

no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child

B

(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him

el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast

C

(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty

¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad

¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!

me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own

este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble

ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:

el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden

los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work

lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about

ver tb dar vi Sense III A.

D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin

Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel

Sentido III

A

(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)

en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida

ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón

va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month

deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself

B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold

C ‹conferencia› to give

dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam

ver tb clase¹ f E. (↑ clase (1))

Sentido IV

A

(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué

estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film

dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh

dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward

(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug

me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair

golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb

dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up

B

‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do

hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping

quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again

Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:

lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead

doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic

si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye

¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!

si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent

sentado

■ dar

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?

2 (en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal

B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:

este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals

con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round

da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours

(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that

no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics

no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time

dar de sí to stretch

me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give

¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!

¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!

el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop

no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with

yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time

ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground

estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)

C dar a

1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to

la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street

todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard

2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to

la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach

3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face

la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south

la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

D

( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?

en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco

E

(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative

F

(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me

la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter

¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)

no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever

Sentido II

A

1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head

dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard

¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)

le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler

cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating

2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:

me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)

vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass

quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go

3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:

¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)

¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)

¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!

lengua

4 (acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye

clavo

B

1 (accionar) darle A algo:

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever up

le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch

le di a la manivela I turned the handle

dale al pedal press the pedal

tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key

2 (mover) (+ compl):

dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right

dale para atrás ( Auto) back up

C

1 ( fam)

(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)

estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet

¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?

¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning

yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it

2

( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely

dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me

D dar con (encontrar) to find

por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him

creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution

cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word

Sentido III

A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio un mareo she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)

¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!

me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)

ver tb dar vt Sense II C., escalofrío, frío² m B. (↑ frío (2)), gana, impresión, etc

B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)

1 darle a algn POR algo:

le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more

le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking

le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga

¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!

darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now

¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it

cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her

2 darle a algn CON algo:

le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me

C dar en

(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men

ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head

lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'

D

«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here

siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun

en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes

E

(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden

¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?

■ darse

v pron

Sentido I

A (producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area

B

(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur

se dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnected

para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions

¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)

C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?

Sentido II

A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:

se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)

se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up

se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

B

( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family

Sentido III

A ( refl)

(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower

vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot

va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny

¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me

no te las des de listo don't act so smart

B

1

(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree

se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back

se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)

2 ( refl):

darse (de) golpes to hit oneself

¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!

3 ( recípr):

se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street

Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:

con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that

no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it

puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed

no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know

aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)

* * *

dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dar trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dar un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dar en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
◊ con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust

* * *

dar

♦ vt

1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;

dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;

da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;

dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;

¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;

daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking

2. [pagar] to give;
[ofrecer en pago] to offer;
¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;

el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;

300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?

3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;

este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;

le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;

no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;

le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;

su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university

4. [conceder] to give;

le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;

le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;

yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;

al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;

le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;

me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;

¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;

nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;

los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);

¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?

5. [decir]
dar los buenos días to say hello;

dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;

le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;

fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;

dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;

me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;

¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?

6. [producir] to give, to produce;
[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;

esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;

esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;

le dio tres hijos she bore him three children

7. [provocar] to give;

me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;

me da risa it makes me laugh;

me da miedo it frightens me;

¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;

me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;

el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;

da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;

los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;

este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;

estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm

8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;

darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding

10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal

11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;

el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve

12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
[concierto, interpretación] to give;
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;

dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live

13. [propinar]
le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;

dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;

darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb

14. [untar con, aplicar]
dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;

dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair

15. [señales, indicios] to show;

dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;

dar señales de vida to show signs of life

16. [enseñar] to teach;
[conferencia] to give;
dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;

dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;

mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow

17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;

doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;

doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week

18. [expresa acción]
dar un grito to give a cry;

dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;

dar un vistazo a to have a look at;

dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;

cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;

voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk

19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;

es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;

el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep

20. [considerar]
dar algo por to consider sth as;

eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;

doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;

doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;

doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;

dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead

21. Fam [presentir]
me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come

22. RP [inyección] to give

23. Comp

donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;

no dar una to get everything wrong

♦ vi

1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;

me toca dar a mí it's my deal

2. [entregar]
dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it

3. [horas] to strike;

dieron las tres three o'clock struck

4. [golpear]
le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;

la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;

como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you

5. [accionar]
dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
[botón, timbre] to press;
dale al control remoto hit the remote control;

dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
Informát
dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;

dale a la manivela turn the handle

6. [estar orientado]
dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea

7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;

la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;

aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here

8. [encontrar]
dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;

he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution

9. [proporcionar]
dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;

da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son

10. [ser suficiente]
dar para to be enough for;

Comp

no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!

11. [motivar]
esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;

aquello me dio que pensar that made me think

12. [importar]
¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;

me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;

no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;

y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;

¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;

lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;

¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference

13. [acertar]
dio en el blanco she hit the target;

diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses

14. [tomar costumbre]
le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;

ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;

le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;

¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
Formal
dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;

el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry

15. [expresa repetición]
le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks

16. [afectar]
le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

17.
dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;

no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;

este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;

estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;

es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else

18. [expresa enfado]
te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;

¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;

te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;

¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going

19. RP [comunicar]
¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;

le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde

20. Comp
Fam
para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
Fam
darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
Fam
darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;

si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!

♦ See also the pronominal verb darse

* * *

dar

<part dado>

I v/t

1 give; fiesta give, have;

dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;

dar miedo a frighten;

el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;

dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink

2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield

3 película show, screen

4

:

el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three

5

:

¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;

y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on

II v/i

1 give; de cartas en juego deal;

dame give it to me, give me it

2

:

dar a de ventana look onto

3

:

dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;

no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name

4

:

dar de sí de material stretch, give;

dar para be enough for;

no da para más it’s past its best

5

:

le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother

6

:

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;

da igual it doesn’t matter

7

:

dar contra o

en algo hit sth;

el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes

8

:

dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead

9

:

dar que hablar give people something to talk about;

da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about

* * *

dar {22} vt

1) : to give

2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over

3) : to hit, to strike

4) : to yield, to produce

5) : to perform

6) : to give off, to emit

7)

dar como or

dar por : to regard as, to consider

dar vi

1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough

no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares

2)

dar a or

dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on

3)

dar con : to run into

4)

dar con : to hit upon (an idea)

5)

dar de sí : to give, to stretch

♦ See also the reflexive verb darse

* * *

dar vb

1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

dale esta carta a tu madre give this letter to your mother

me has dado una idea you've given me an idea

me dio permiso para ir a la excursión he gave me permission to go on the trip

¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?

2. (poner en las manos) to pass

me puedes ayudar dándome los libros you can help me by passing me the books

3. (pedir en una tienda)

¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?

4. (poner en la televisión) to be on

esta noche dan una película estupenda en la tele there's a great film on TV tonight

5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have

los García dan una fiesta the Garcías are having a party

6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]

da clases de inglés she teaches English

7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have

le ha dado un ataque de asma she had an asthma attack

8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]

el peral da peras the pear tree bears pears

9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]

el reloj dio las ocho the clock struck eight

ya han dado las diez it's gone ten o'clock

10. (encender, conectar) to turn on

¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?

11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]

la pelota dio contra el cristal the ball hit the window

12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight

le di las gracias I thanked him

dar a to overlook / to look onto

esta habitación da a la calle this room overlooks the street

dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]

dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

dio a luz a una niña preciosa she gave birth to a beautiful little girl

dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

dar igual not to matter / not to mind

da igual it doesn't matter

me da igual I don't mind

¿qué más da? what difference does it make?

Spanish-English dictionary > dar
48 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
49 siempre

adv.

1 always.

tú siempre quejándote you're always complaining

somos amigos de siempre we've always been friends

como siempre as usual

lo de siempre the usual

hemos quedado en el bar de siempre we've arranged to meet at the usual bar

hasta siempre farewell

para siempre, para siempre jamás for ever and ever

2 always.

siempre es mejor estar preparado it's always better to be prepared

si no hay autobuses siempre podemos ir a pie if there aren't any buses, we can always walk

3 still. ( Latin American Spanish)

siempre viven allí they still live there, they're still living there

* * *

siempre

► adverbio

1 always

■ siempre recordaré sus palabras I'll always remember her words

■ siempre dice eso that's what he always says

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a la hora de siempre at the usual time

amigos de siempre old friends, lifelong friends

como siempre as usual

la historia de siempre / lo de siempre the same old story

para siempre forever, for good

para siempre jamás for ever and ever

siempre pasa lo mismo it's always the same

siempre que (cada vez que) whenever 2 (a condición de que) provided, as long as

■ cógelo siempre que quieras take it whenever you want

■ siempre que cumpla su palabra as long as he keeps his promise

siempre y cuando provided, as long as

* * *

adv.

always

- para siempre
- siempre que
* * *

1. ADV

1) [indicando frecuencia] always

está siempre lloviendo — it's always raining

una persona siempre dispuesta a ayudar — someone always ready to help

• como siempre — as usual

el día había empezado como siempre — the day had begun as usual

tú tan modesto como siempre — iró modest as ever

• de siempre — [lugar, hora] usual antes de s

por favor, lo de siempre — my usual, please

protestan los de siempre — it's the same people as usual protesting

siguen con los mismos problemas de siempre — they've still got the same old problems

vino con el mismo cuento de siempre — he came out with the same old story

• desde siempre — always

lo vienen haciendo así desde siempre — they've always done it this way

• ¡ hasta siempre! — farewell!

• para siempre — forever, for good *

se ha ido para siempre — she has gone forever o for good *

dijeron adiós para siempre a su país — they bade farewell to their country forever

• por siempre — liter for ever

por siempre jamás — for ever and ever

2) (=en todo caso) always

siempre puedes decir que no lo sabías — you can always say you didn't know

3) LAm * (=todavía) still

¿siempre se va mañana? — are you still going tomorrow?

4) esp Méx (=definitivamente) certainly, definitely

siempre no me caso este año — I'm certainly o definitely not getting married this year

siempre sí — certainly, of course

5) Chile (=de todas maneras) still

lo tenían completamente rodeado y siempre se escapó — they had him completely surrounded but he still escaped

siempre sí me voy — I'm going anyway

2. CONJ

1)

• siempre que — (=cada vez) whenever; (=a condición de) as long as, provided (that), providing (that)

voy siempre que puedo — I go whenever I can

siempre que salgo llueve — every time o whenever I go out it rains

riéguelas siempre que sea necesario — water them whenever necessary

siempre que él esté de acuerdo — as long as he agrees, provided (that) o providing (that) he agrees

2)

• siempre y cuando — as long as, provided (that), providing (that)

* * *

adverbio

1) always

siempre se sale con la suya — he always gets his own way

casi siempre acierta — he's almost always right

como siempre — as usual

pasó lo de siempre — the usual thing happened

a la hora de siempre — at the usual time

los amigos de siempre — the usual crowd

los conozco desde siempre — I've known them for as long as I can remember

¿regresas para siempre? — are you back for good?

por siempre jamás — for ever and ever

2) ( en todo caso) always

siempre podemos modificarlo después — we can always modify it later

3) (AmL) ( todavía) still

¿siempre viven en Malvín? — do they still live in Malvín?

4) (en locs)

siempre que — ( cada vez que) whenever; ( a condición de que) (+ subj) provided (that), providing (that)

podrá entrar siempre que llegue antes de las siete — she'll be able to get in provided o as long as she arrives before seven

siempre y cuando — (+ subj) provided (that)

5) (Méx) ( uso enfático) after all

* * *

= all the time, always, at all times, at any one time, invariably, throughout, all along, all the way down the line, all of the time, on-the-go, at every turn, all the way through, all the while, at all hours.

Ex. Improvements are, however being made all the time: the dividing line between microcomputer and minicomputer is already blurred.

Ex. Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.

Ex. One obligation resting upon every public institution in a democracy is that of standing ready at all times to render an account of itself to the people.

Ex. Any one document may be required by author, title, subject, form or other characteristics, but this one document can only be grouped according to one of these characteristics at any one time.

Ex. New editions of DC are invariably greeted with cries of horror by libraries faced with this problem.

Ex. In this section of the course you will be introduced to the Universal Decimal Classification which will be referred to throughout as the UDC.

Ex. 'I know you want to do the best job you can -- not that you haven't all along'.

Ex. If we get the right person, then he or she'll get the right people all the way down the line, and we'll be offering the kinds of services and doing the kinds of things a good public library should be offering and doing.

Ex. Many others besides Rothstein have suspected the truth of these figures for years, bearing in mind Robert Kennedy's hardbitten politician's conclusion that `one fifth of the people are against everything all of the time' = Muchos otros junto con Rothstein han sospechado durante años de la verdad de estos datos, teniendo presente la conclusión del político escarmentado Robert Kennedy de que "una quinta parte de la gente está en contra de todo siempre".

Ex. With technologies such as SMS, Podcasting, voice over IP (VoIP), and more becoming increasingly mainstream, the potential to provide instant, on-the-go reference is limitless.

Ex. Three of the five councilors, one of whom is the mayor, thwart him at virtually every turn in his efforts on behalf of these institutions.

Ex. All the way through, the Jews are portrayed as bloodthirsty.

Ex. The males are the ones who bob and bow and hop around, warbling all the while.

Ex. Since many people go into and out of the hospital at all hours, theft is a concern.

----

* andar siempre detrás de las mujeres = womanise [womanize, -USA].

* aunque no siempre = if not always.

* casi siempre = almost invariably.

* como siempre = as always.

* de siempre = lifelong [life-long].

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.

* estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.

* estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.

* irse para siempre = go + forever.

* marcharse para siempre = go + forever.

* no siempre = not always.

* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.

* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.

* perder para siempre = lose to + posterity.

* perdido para siempre = irretrievably lost.

* que siempre va a la última moda = fashion-conscious.

* siempre cambiante = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.

* siempre en danza = on the go.

* siempre lo mismo = the same old thing.

* siempre nuevo = ever-new.

* siempre que = whenever, wherever, for as long as, on the condition that, with the condition that.

* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.

* siempre que lo solicite = at + Posesivo + request.

* siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.

* siempre que + ser + posible = whenever possible, when possible.

* siempre que se solicite = upon + request.

* siempre que se + Subjuntivo = as + Participio Pasado, when + Participio Pasado.

* siempre que Uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time, on + Posesivo + own time.

* siempre y cuando = subject to, on the condition that, with the condition that, if and when.

* siempre y cuando + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.

* tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tanto como siempre = as much as ever.

* un minuto en los labios, para siempre en las caderas = a minute on the lips, forever on the hips.

* volvemos siempre al principio = things swing full circle.

* * *

adverbio

1) always

siempre se sale con la suya — he always gets his own way

casi siempre acierta — he's almost always right

como siempre — as usual

pasó lo de siempre — the usual thing happened

a la hora de siempre — at the usual time

los amigos de siempre — the usual crowd

los conozco desde siempre — I've known them for as long as I can remember

¿regresas para siempre? — are you back for good?

por siempre jamás — for ever and ever

2) ( en todo caso) always

siempre podemos modificarlo después — we can always modify it later

3) (AmL) ( todavía) still

¿siempre viven en Malvín? — do they still live in Malvín?

4) (en locs)

siempre que — ( cada vez que) whenever; ( a condición de que) (+ subj) provided (that), providing (that)

podrá entrar siempre que llegue antes de las siete — she'll be able to get in provided o as long as she arrives before seven

siempre y cuando — (+ subj) provided (that)

5) (Méx) ( uso enfático) after all

* * *

= all the time, always, at all times, at any one time, invariably, throughout, all along, all the way down the line, all of the time, on-the-go, at every turn, all the way through, all the while, at all hours.

Ex: Improvements are, however being made all the time: the dividing line between microcomputer and minicomputer is already blurred.

Ex: Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.

Ex: One obligation resting upon every public institution in a democracy is that of standing ready at all times to render an account of itself to the people.

Ex: Any one document may be required by author, title, subject, form or other characteristics, but this one document can only be grouped according to one of these characteristics at any one time.

Ex: New editions of DC are invariably greeted with cries of horror by libraries faced with this problem.

Ex: In this section of the course you will be introduced to the Universal Decimal Classification which will be referred to throughout as the UDC.

Ex: 'I know you want to do the best job you can -- not that you haven't all along'.

Ex: If we get the right person, then he or she'll get the right people all the way down the line, and we'll be offering the kinds of services and doing the kinds of things a good public library should be offering and doing.

Ex: Many others besides Rothstein have suspected the truth of these figures for years, bearing in mind Robert Kennedy's hardbitten politician's conclusion that `one fifth of the people are against everything all of the time' = Muchos otros junto con Rothstein han sospechado durante años de la verdad de estos datos, teniendo presente la conclusión del político escarmentado Robert Kennedy de que "una quinta parte de la gente está en contra de todo siempre".

Ex: With technologies such as SMS, Podcasting, voice over IP (VoIP), and more becoming increasingly mainstream, the potential to provide instant, on-the-go reference is limitless.

Ex: Three of the five councilors, one of whom is the mayor, thwart him at virtually every turn in his efforts on behalf of these institutions.

Ex: All the way through, the Jews are portrayed as bloodthirsty.

Ex: The males are the ones who bob and bow and hop around, warbling all the while.

Ex: Since many people go into and out of the hospital at all hours, theft is a concern.

* andar siempre detrás de las mujeres = womanise [womanize, -USA].

* aunque no siempre = if not always.

* casi siempre = almost invariably.

* como siempre = as always.

* de siempre = lifelong [life-long].

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.

* estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.

* estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.

* irse para siempre = go + forever.

* marcharse para siempre = go + forever.

* no siempre = not always.

* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.

* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.

* perder para siempre = lose to + posterity.

* perdido para siempre = irretrievably lost.

* que siempre va a la última moda = fashion-conscious.

* siempre cambiante = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.

* siempre en danza = on the go.

* siempre lo mismo = the same old thing.

* siempre nuevo = ever-new.

* siempre que = whenever, wherever, for as long as, on the condition that, with the condition that.

* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.

* siempre que lo solicite = at + Posesivo + request.

* siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.

* siempre que + ser + posible = whenever possible, when possible.

* siempre que se solicite = upon + request.

* siempre que se + Subjuntivo = as + Participio Pasado, when + Participio Pasado.

* siempre que Uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time, on + Posesivo + own time.

* siempre y cuando = subject to, on the condition that, with the condition that, if and when.

* siempre y cuando + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.

* tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tanto como siempre = as much as ever.

* un minuto en los labios, para siempre en las caderas = a minute on the lips, forever on the hips.

* volvemos siempre al principio = things swing full circle.

* * *

siempre

adverb

A always

se sale siempre or siempre se sale con la suya she always gets her own way

casi siempre acierta he's almost always right

no siempre es tan fácil it's not always so easy

como siempre as usual

¿qué pasó? — lo de siempre, no me arrancaba el coche what happened? — the usual problem, the car wouldn't start

a la hora de siempre at the usual time

vendrán los amigos de siempre the usual crowd will be coming

los conozco desde siempre I've known them for years/for as long as I can remember

¿desde cuándo se llama así? — desde siempre since when has it been called that? — that's what it's always been called

¿regresas para siempre? are you back for good?

¡hasta siempre, compañeros! farewell, my friends!

por siempre jamás for ever and ever

B (en todo caso) always

siempre podemos modificarlo después we can always modify it later

C ( AmL) (todavía) still

¿siempre viven en Malvín? do they still live in Malvín?

siempre dentro del terreno de lo hipotético still on a hypothetical level

D ( Méx) (uso enfático) after all

E ( en locs):

siempre que (cada vez que) whenever;

(a condición de que) (+ subj) provided (that), providing (that)

siempre que podía, venía a verme she came to see me whenever she could

te ayudaré siempre que tenga tiempo I'll help you if o assuming I have time, I'll help you provided (that) o providing (that) I have time

podrá entrar siempre que llegue antes de las siete she'll be able to get in provided o as long as she arrives before seven

siempre y cuando (+ subj) provided (that)

siempre y cuando me lo comunique con anticipación provided he lets me know in advance

* * *

siempre adverbio
1 always;
◊ siempre se sale con la suya he always gets his own way;

como siempre as usual;
lo de siempre the usual thing;
a la hora de siempre at the usual time;
los conozco desde siempre I've known them for as long as I can remember;
para siempre ( definitivamente) ‹regresar/quedarse› for good;

( eternamente) ‹durar/vivir› for ever
2 ( en todo caso) always;
◊ siempre podemos modificarlo después we can always modify it later

3 (AmL) ( todavía) still;
◊ ¿siempre viven en Malvín? do they still live in Malvín?

4 ( en locs)
◊ siempre que ( cada vez que) whenever;

( a condición de que) (+ subj) provided (that), providing (that)
5 (Méx) ( en definitiva) after all;
◊ siempre no se va he's not leaving after all

siempre adverbio always: siempre ha vivido aquí, he has always lived here
llega tarde, como siempre, he's late, as usual
para siempre, for ever
por siempre jamás, for ever and ever
♦ Locuciones: de siempre, (habitual) usual: ponme lo de siempre, give me my usual
(desde siempre) son amigos de siempre, they are old friends
siempre que, (en cada ocasión) whenever: siempre que te veo estás estudiando, whenever I see you, you are studying
(a condición de que) as long as, provided (that)
' siempre' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abusón
- abusona
- acudir
- agradecer
- alquilar
- apetito
- atusar
- bailar
- bala
- bienvenida
- bienvenido
- brecha
- cacarear
- camorra
- canción
- cañón
- cargar
- casi
- colmo
- comida
- contemporizar
- contraria
- contrario
- copla
- cotillear
- decente
- definitivamente
- desde
- desesperarse
- detalle
- discordante
- escaquearse
- escrupulosa
- escrupuloso
- estar
- exabrupto
- exaltación
- exquisitez
- gamberrada
- grave
- gustar
- hogareña
- hogareño
- hondura
- hosca
- hosco
- imputar
- infante
- instancia
- jamás
English:
also
- always
- ambition
- angry
- antiallergenic
- apron
- as
- astir
- atrocity
- back
- backup
- bluster
- brass
- careless
- carp
- clean up after
- close down
- clown around
- clutter
- commotion
- congregate
- correct
- courteous
- criticize
- curtsey
- curtsy
- embarrass
- escort
- esquire
- ever
- evermore
- fail
- fall back on
- fast
- few
- forced
- forever
- forgetful
- friendly
- get-rich-quick
- good
- gooseberry
- gravy
- groan
- groom
- grumble
- herself
- highlight
- himself
- hit back

* * *

siempre adv

1. [en todo momento, todo el tiempo] always;

siempre cenamos a las diez we always have supper at ten;

tú siempre quejándote you're always complaining;

anda siempre cambiando de opinión she's forever o always changing her mind;

como siempre as usual;

hemos quedado en el bar de siempre we've arranged to meet at the usual bar;

la misma historia de siempre the same old story;

lo de siempre the usual;

somos amigos de siempre we've always been friends;

de siempre se ha hecho así it's always been done that way;

es así desde siempre it has always been that way;

hasta siempre [hasta dentro de mucho] farewell;
[hasta dentro de poco] see you again soon;
te odiaré para siempre I'll hate you forever;

nos quedamos a vivir allí para siempre we settled down there for good;

por siempre jamás for ever and ever;

siempre que [cada vez que] whenever;
[a condición de que] provided that, as long as;
ven a verme siempre que necesites ayuda come and see me if you ever need any help;

llámame, siempre que no sea muy tarde call me, as long as it's not too late;

prefiero ir contigo, siempre que no te moleste I'd rather go with you, if that's all right (by you) o if you don't mind;

siempre y cuando provided that, as long as

2. [en cualquier caso, en último extremo] always;

siempre es mejor estar preparado it's always better to be prepared;

si no hay autobuses siempre podemos ir a pie if there aren't any buses, we can always walk

3. Am [todavía] still;

siempre viven allí they still live there, they're still living there

4. Méx Fam [enfático]
siempre sí quiero ir I do still want to go;

siempre no me marcho I'm still not leaving;

¿siempre aceptaste la oferta? did you accept the offer in the end o after all?;

siempre sí que era un tumor it did actually turn out to be a tumour

* * *

siempre

adv always;

siempre que providing that, as long as;

de siempre usual;

sigue siendo la misma de siempre she’s still the same as always, she’s just the same as ever;

desde siempre always, fam for ever;

lo de siempre the same old story;

para siempre for ever;

¡hasta siempre! goodbye, farewell

* * *

siempre adv

1) : always

siempre tienes hambre: you're always hungry

2) : still

¿siempre te vas?: are you still going?

3) Mex : after all

siempre no fui: I didn't go after all

4)

siempre que : whenever, every time

siempre que pasa: every time he walks by

5)

para siempre : forever, for good

6)

siempre y cuando : provided that

* * *

siempre adv always

siempre te querré I will always love you

de siempre usual

me dio la excusa de siempre he gave me the usual excuse

para siempre for good / for ever

siempre que whenever

siempre que viene, me trae un regalo whenever he comes, he brings me a present

Spanish-English dictionary > siempre
50 С-371

ПРИ СЛУЧАЕ coll PrepP Invar adv
1. when or if needed

if (when) the occasion requires ( sth. (that...))
as required if (when) necessary if (when) need be if (when) one has to.
...Она (княгиня) отлично ездила верхом, неплохо стреляла, а при случае могла выдоить даже буйволицу (Искандер 3)....She (the princess) was an excellent rider, not a bad shot, and when the occasion required it, she could even milk a buffalo (3a).

Главное, (Коля) знал меру, умел при случае сдержать себя самого, а в отношениях к начальству никогда не переступал некоторой последней и заветной черты, за которою уже проступок не может быть терпим, обращаясь в беспорядок, бунт и в беззаконие (Достоевский 1). Above all, he (Kolya) knew where to draw the line, could restrain himself when need be, and in relation to the authorities never overstepped that final and inscrutable limit beyond which a misdeed turns into disorder, rebellion, and lawlessness, and can no longer be tolerated (1 a)

2. when or if circumstances are favorable or appropriate

given the opportunity (the chance)
when (if, as) (the) opportunity arises when (if, as) (the) opportunity presents itself when (if) one has an (the) opportunity when (if) one has the chance.
Егорша любил при случае выдать себя за начальника... (Абрамов 1)....Given the opportunity, Egorsha liked to pass himself off as a manager... (1a)

(Чекисты) приглашали людей обычно не на Лубянку, а на специально содержавшиеся с этой целью квартиры. Отказывающихся держали там часами, бесконечно долго, предлагая «подумать». Из вызовов тайны не делали: они служили важным звеном в системе устрашения, а также способствовали проверке гражданских чувств - упрямцев брали на заметку и при случае с ними расправлялись (Мандельштам 1). They (the Chekists) generally invited people for these interviews not to the Lubianka, but to apartments specially allotted for the purpose. The uncooperative were kept for hours on end and urged to "think again." No secret was made of all this —it was an important element in the general system of intimidation, as well as being a good way of testing a person's "loyalty." The stubborn became marked men and were "dealt with" as opportunity arose (1a)

Это страшный человек. Это оборотень, который явился на свет только упущением божьим. Я врач, но мне не стыдно признаться, что при случае я охотно умертвил бы его» (Стругацкие 4). "He's a hideous person, a monster who came into this world only because of some divine oversight. I am a physician, but I'm not ashamed to admit that I would kill him if I only had an opportunity to do so" (4a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > С-371
51 при случае

• ПРИ СЛУЧАЕ coll

[PrepP; Invar; adv]

=====

1. when or if needed:

- if (when) the occasion requires (sth. <that...>);

- as required;

- if (when) necessary;

- if (when) need be;

- if (when) one has to.

     ♦...Она [княгиня] отлично ездила верхом, неплохо стреляла, а при случае могла выдоить даже буйволицу (Искандер 3)....She [the princess] was an excellent rider, not a bad shot, and when the occasion required it, she could even milk a buffalo (3a).

     ♦ Главное, [Коля] знал меру, умел при случае сдержать себя самого, а в отношениях к начальству никогда не переступал некоторой последней и заветной черты, за которою уже проступок не может быть терпим, обращаясь в беспорядок, бунт и в беззаконие (Достоевский 1). Above all, he [Kolya] knew where to draw the line, could restrain himself when need be, and in relation to the authorities never overstepped that final and inscrutable limit beyond which a misdeed turns into disorder, rebellion, and lawlessness, and can no longer be tolerated (1a)

2. when or if circumstances are favorable or appropriate:

- given the opportunity (the chance);

- when (if, as) (the) opportunity arises;

- when (if, as) (the) opportunity presents itself;

- when (if) one has an (the) opportunity;

- when (if) one has the chance.

     ♦ Егорша любил при случае выдать себя за начальника... (Абрамов 1)....Given the opportunity, Egorsha liked to pass himself off as a manager... (1a)

     ♦ [Чекисты] приглашали людей обычно не на Лубянку, а на специально содержавшиеся с этой целью квартиры. Отказывающихся держали там часами, бесконечно долго, предлагая " подумать". Из вызовов тайны не делали: они служили важным звеном в системе устрашения, а также способствовали проверке гражданских чувств - упрямцев брали на заметку и при случае с ними расправлялись (Мандельштам 1). They [the Chekists] generally invited people for these interviews not to the Lubianka, but to apartments specially allotted for the purpose. The uncooperative were kept for hours on end and urged to "think again." No secret was made of all this - it was an important element in the general system of intimidation, as well as being a good way of testing a person's "loyalty." The stubborn became marked men and were "dealt with" as opportunity arose (1a)

     ♦ "Это страшный человек. Это оборотень, который явился на свет только упущением божьим. Я врач, но мне не стыдно признаться, что при случае я охотно умертвил бы его" (Стругацкие 4). "He's a hideous person, a monster who came into this world only because of some divine oversight. I am a physician, but I'm not ashamed to admit that I would kill him if I only had an opportunity to do so" (4a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > при случае
52 wenn

Konj.

1. zeitlich: when; (so oft) whenever; (sobald) as soon as; immer wenn whenever; jedes Mal, wenn das Telefon läutet every time the telephone rings; wenn ich einmal groß bin when I grow up; wenn du erst einmal dort bist once you’re there; wenn schon! so what?

2. in Konditionalsätzen: if; JUR. oft if and when; (vorausgesetzt) provided (that); wenn er nicht gewesen wäre if it hadn’t been for him; wenn ich das gewusst hätte if I had known (that), had I known (that); wenn das so ist if that’s the case; wenn das Wörtchen wenn nicht wär... umg. if!; außer wenn unless, except if

3. in Wendungen: wenn man ihn so reden hört to hear him talk; und wenn du noch so sehr bittest you can plead as much as you like; wenn nicht heute, so doch morgen if not today then tomorrow; wenn ich das wüsste I wish I knew; wenn man bedenkt, dass... when you think that...; wenn du das sagst, wird’s wohl stimmen umg. if you say so; wenn es schon sein muss, dann gleich umg. if it’s got to be done let’s get it over with; wenn nichts dazwischenkommt unless something crops up; wenn nicht, dann eben nicht umg. well, we may as well forget about that; wenn man nach... urteilt judging by...; es war ein neuer, wenn auch langsamer Versuch it was a new, albeit ( oder if) slow, attempt; wenn auch noch so klein etc. however small etc.; wenn doch oder nur if only; schon 7, 8, 10

* * *

das Wenn

if

* * *
Wẹnn [vɛn]
nt -s, -

(sich dat) Wenn und Aber — (the) ifs and buts

ohne Wenn und Aber — without any ifs and buts

* * *

1) (in the event that; on condition that: He will have to go into hospital if his illness gets any worse; I'll only stay if you can stay too.) if

2) (supposing that: If he were to come along now, we would be in trouble.) if

3) when

4) (in spite of the fact that; considering that: Why do you walk when you have a car?) when

* * *

wenn

[vɛn]

konj

1. konditional (falls) if

\wenn das so ist if that's the way it is

▪ \wenn... doch [o bloß] ...! if only...!

2. temporal (sobald) as soon as

* * *

das; Wenns, Wenn od. (ugs.) Wenns

das Wenn und Aber, die Wenn[s] und Aber[s] — the ifs and buts

* * *

wenn konj

1. zeitlich: when; (so oft) whenever; (sobald) as soon as;

immer wenn whenever;

jedes Mal, wenn das Telefon läutet every time the telephone rings;

wenn ich einmal groß bin when I grow up;

wenn du erst einmal dort bist once you’re there;

wenn schon! so what?

2. in Konditionalsätzen: if; JUR oft if and when; (vorausgesetzt) provided (that);

wenn er nicht gewesen wäre if it hadn’t been for him;

wenn ich das gewusst hätte if I had known (that), had I known (that);

wenn das so ist if that’s the case;

wenn das Wörtchen wenn nicht wär … umg if!;

außer wenn unless, except if

3. in Wendungen:

wenn man ihn so reden hört to hear him talk;

und wenn du noch so sehr bittest you can plead as much as you like;

wenn nicht heute, so doch morgen if not today then tomorrow;

wenn ich das wüsste I wish I knew;

wenn man bedenkt, dass … when you think that …;

wenn du das sagst, wird’s wohl stimmen umg if you say so;

wenn es schon sein muss, dann gleich umg if it’s got to be done let’s get it over with;

wenn nichts dazwischenkommt unless something crops up;

wenn nicht, dann eben nicht umg well, we may as well forget about that;

wenn man nach … urteilt judging by …;

es war ein neuer, wenn auch langsamer Versuch it was a new, albeit ( oder if) slow, attempt;

wenn auch noch so klein etc however small etc;

wenn doch oder

nur if only; → schon 7, 8, 10

* * *

das; Wenns, Wenn od. (ugs.) Wenns

das Wenn und Aber, die Wenn[s] und Aber[s] — the ifs and buts

* * *

(Mathematik) ausdr.

if and only if (iff) expr. adv.

if adv.

what if expr.

when adv.

whensoever adv. konj.

unless conj.

whether conj.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > wenn
53 wie

I Adv.

1. bes. in Fragen: how?; nach der Art etc.: what... like?; wie bitte? pardon?, (sorry,) what did you say?; entrüstet: I beg your pardon!; wie? umg., nachfragend, erstaunt: what?; wie, hat er das wirklich gesagt? what, did he really say that?; wie das? how come? umg.; wie alt sind Sie? how old are you?; wie lange ist das her? how long ago is ( oder was) that?; wie viel / viele how much / many; wie viel Uhr ist es? what’s the time?, what time is it?; wie viel ist zwei plus zwei? what is two plus two?, what do two and two make?; wie war’s im Kino? how was the film (Am. movie)?; wie ist er (so)? what’s he like?; wie ist der neue Wagen? what’s the new car like?; wie war das mit dem Unfall? what exactly happened in the accident?; ich weiß nicht, wie das kam I don’t know how it came about; na, wie war das / ich? so how was it / I?; wie wäre es mit...? how about...?; na, wie wär’s ( mit uns beiden)? so, how about it?

2. umg., als Zusatz: das war doch sehr witzig, wie? that was very funny, wasn’t it?; du magst mich nicht, wie? you don’t like me, do you?

3. im Ausruf: wie schön! how beautiful!; wie froh war ich! how glad I was; wie gut, dass...! lucky for me ( oder you etc.) that...; wie du das nur immer schaffst! amazing how you always manage it!; wie du wieder aussiehst! just look at you!; und wie! umg. and how!, you bet!

4. vergleichend: die Art, wie du lachst the way (that) you laugh; die Art, wie es gemacht wird the way (that) it’s done; in dem oder im gleichen Maß, wie... to the same extent that...; ein Erlebnis, wie man es nur selten hat an experience of a kind that one has only rarely

5. verallgemeinernd: wie lang etc. auch ( immer) however long etc., no matter how long etc.; wie laut sie auch schrie however loud she shouted; wie sehr ich mich auch bemühte however hard I tried, try as I would; wie dem auch sei be that as it may; wie sie auch heißen mögen whatever they’re called

II Konj.

1. in Vergleichen: (so) wie nach Adj. oder Adv.: as, meist as... as; nach Subst. oder V.: like; ein Mann wie er a man like him; in einem Fall wie diesem in a case like this; groß wie ein Haus (as) big as a house; ( nicht) so alt wie (not) as old as; so schön wie ( noch) nie more beautiful than ever; ich fühlte mich wie betäubt / unter Drogen I felt as if I’d been stunned / as if I’d been taking drugs; er singt wie selten einer / wie keiner very few people sing / nobody sings like ( oder as well as) he does; sie arbeitet wie verrückt oder eine Verrückte she works like a madwoman; er sieht nicht wie 50 aus he doesn’t look fifty; mit P wie Paula with a P as in Peter; sie machte es wie ihr Vater she did like her father

2. (beispielsweise) such as, like; Haustiere wie Hunde, Katzen und Vögel pets such as dogs, cats, and cagebirds

3. (und) as well as; auf dem Land wie in den kleinen Städten both in the country and in the small towns; Sommer wie Winter summer and winter; Arm wie Reich rich and poor

4. mit Verben der Wahrnehmung: ich sah, wie er weglief I saw him running away; ich hörte, wie er es sagte I heard him say so ( oder it)

5. mit Teilsatz: wie man mir gesagt hat as I’ve been told; sie ist reich, wie es scheint she’s rich (so) it appears; wie so oft as is often the case; (früher) as ( oder like) so often before; wie er nun mal ist being the type of person he is; dumm wie er ist stupid as he is; wie gehabt umg. as before; wie gesagt as I said ( oder was saying); wie du mir, so ich dir Sprichw. it’s tit for tat

6. zeitlich: as, when; wie er dies hörte when he heard this; wie ich so vorbeiging just as I was passing

7. umg. (als), nach Komp.: than; schneller wie du faster than you; anders wie gestern different from yesterday; wie wenn as when; nichts wie nothing but; nichts wie weg hier! let’s get out of here

* * *

das Wie

how

* * *
[viː]
nt -s, no pl

das Wíé spielt dabei keine Rolle — how (it'll happen/it'll be done etc) is unimportant

dass es geschehen muss, ist klar, nur das Wíé ist noch ein Problem — it's clear that it has to happen, the only problem is how

das Wíé und Wann werden wir später besprechen — we'll talk about how and when later

* * *

1) (used to introduce a statement of what the speaker knows or believes to be the case: As you know, I'll be leaving tomorrow.) as

2) (like: He was dressed as a woman.) as

3) (with certain verbs eg regard, treat, describe, accept: I am regarded by some people as a bit of a fool; He treats the children as adults.) as

4) ((also how ever) in what way; by what means: However did you get here?; However did you do that?) however

5) (in what way: How do you make bread?) how

6) (to what extent: How do you like my new hat?; How far is Paris from London?) how

7) (by what means: I've no idea how he came here.) how

8) (in what condition: How are you today?; How do I look?) how

9) (for what reason: How is it that I am the last to know about this?) how

10) (the same or similar: They're as like as two peas.) like

11) (the same as or similar to; in the same or a similar way as: He climbs like a cat; She is like her mother.) like

* * *

Wie

<-s>

[vi:]

nt kein pl

der Plan ist grundsätzlich klar, nur das \Wie muss noch festgelegt werden the plan is basically clear, we just have to establish how to implement it

* * *
1.
Interrogativadverb

1) (auf welche Art u. Weise) how

wie heißt er/das? — what is his/its name?; what is he/that called?

wie [bitte]? — [I beg your] pardon?; (entrüstet) I beg your pardon!

wie war das? — (ugs.) what was that?; what did you say?

wie kommt es, dass...? — how is it that...?

wie das? — (ugs.) how did that come about?

2) (durch welche Merkmale gekennzeichnet)

wie war das Wetter? — what was the weather like?; how was the weather?

wie ist dein neuer Chef? — what is your new boss like? (coll.); how is your new boss? (coll.)

wie geht es ihm? — how is he?

wie war es in Spanien? — what was Spain like?; what was it like in Spain?

wie findest du das Bild? — what do you think of the picture?

wie gefällt er dir? — how do you like him?

wie wär's mit... — how about...

3) (in welchem Grade) how

wie lange/groß/hoch/oft/viel? — how long/big/high/often/much?

wie spät ist es? — what time is it?

wie alt bist du? — how old are you?

und wie! — and how! (coll.)

4) (ugs.): (nicht wahr)

das hat dir Spaß gemacht, wie? — you enjoyed that, didn't you?
2.
Relativadverb

[die Art,] wie er es tut — the way or manner in which he does it

wie schon der Name sagt — as the name already implies
3.
Konjunktion

1) Vergleichspartikel as

[so]... wie... — as... as...

er macht es [genauso] wie du — he does it [just] like you [do]

ich fühlte mich wie... — I felt as if I were...

‘N’ wie ‘Nordpol’ — N for November

wie [zum Beispiel] — like; such as

wie wenn — as if or though

2) (und, sowie) as well as; both

Männer wie Frauen — men as well as women; both men and women

3) (temporal): (als)

wie ich an seinem Fenster vorbeigehe, höre ich ihn singen — as I pass by his window I hear him singing

4) (ugs.): (außer)

nichts wie Ärger — nothing but trouble

* * *

wie

A. adv

1. besonders in Fragen: how?; nach der Art etc: what … like?;

wie bitte? pardon?, (sorry,) what did you say?; entrüstet: I beg your pardon!;

wie? umg, nachfragend, erstaunt: what?;

wie, hat er das wirklich gesagt? what, did he really say that?;

wie das? how come? umg;

wie alt sind Sie? how old are you?;

wie lange ist das her? how long ago is ( oder was) that?;

wie viel/viele how much/many;

wie viel Uhr ist es? what’s the time?, what time is it?;

wie viel ist zwei plus zwei? what is two plus two?, what do two and two make?;

wie war’s im Kino? how was the film (US movie)?;

wie ist er (so)? what’s he like?;

wie ist der neue Wagen? what’s the new car like?;

wie war das mit dem Unfall? what exactly happened in the accident?;

ich weiß nicht, wie das kam I don’t know how it came about;

na, wie war das/ich? so how was it/I?;

wie wäre es mit …? how about …?;

na, wie wär’s (mit uns beiden)? so, how about it?

2. umg, als Zusatz:

das war doch sehr witzig, wie? that was very funny, wasn’t it?;

du magst mich nicht, wie? you don’t like me, do you?

3. im Ausruf:

wie schön! how beautiful!;

wie froh war ich! how glad I was;

wie gut, dass …! lucky for me ( oder you etc) that …;

wie du das nur immer schaffst! amazing how you always manage it!;

wie du wieder aussiehst! just look at you!;

und wie! umg and how!, you bet!

4. vergleichend:

die Art, wie du lachst the way (that) you laugh;

die Art, wie es gemacht wird the way (that) it’s done;

in dem oder

im gleichen Maß, wie … to the same extent that …;

ein Erlebnis, wie man es nur selten hat an experience of a kind that one has only rarely

5. verallgemeinernd:

wie lang etc

auch (immer) however long etc, no matter how long etc;

wie laut sie auch schrie however loud she shouted;

wie sehr ich mich auch bemühte however hard I tried, try as I would;

wie dem auch sei be that as it may;

wie sie auch heißen mögen whatever they’re called

B. konj

1. in Vergleichen:

(so) wie nach adj oder adv: as, meist as … as; nach subst oder v: like;

ein Mann wie er a man like him;

in einem Fall wie diesem in a case like this;

groß wie ein Haus (as) big as a house;

(nicht) so alt wie (not) as old as;

so schön wie (noch) nie more beautiful than ever;

ich fühlte mich wie betäubt/unter Drogen I felt as if I’d been stunned/as if I’d been taking drugs;

er singt wie selten einer/wie keiner very few people sing/nobody sings like ( oder as well as) he does;

sie arbeitet wie verrückt oder

eine Verrückte she works like a madwoman;

er sieht nicht wie 50 aus he doesn’t look fifty;

mit P wie Paula with a P as in Peter;

sie machte es wie ihr Vater she did like her father

2. (beispielsweise) such as, like;

Haustiere wie Hunde, Katzen und Vögel pets such as dogs, cats, and cagebirds

3. (und) as well as;

auf dem Land wie in den kleinen Städten both in the country and in the small towns;

Sommer wie Winter summer and winter;

Arm wie Reich rich and poor

4. mit Verben der Wahrnehmung:

ich sah, wie er weglief I saw him running away;

ich hörte, wie er es sagte I heard him say so ( oder it)

5. mit Teilsatz:

wie man mir gesagt hat as I’ve been told;

sie ist reich, wie es scheint she’s rich (so) it appears;

wie so oft as is often the case; (früher) as ( oder like) so often before;

wie er nun mal ist being the type of person he is;

dumm wie er ist stupid as he is;

wie gehabt umg as before;

wie gesagt as I said ( oder was saying);

wie du mir, so ich dir sprichw it’s tit for tat

6. zeitlich: as, when;

wie er dies hörte when he heard this;

wie ich so vorbeiging just as I was passing

7. umg (als), nach komp: than;

schneller wie du faster than you;

anders wie gestern different from yesterday;

wie wenn as when;

nichts wie nothing but;

nichts wie weg hier! let’s get out of here

* * *
1.
Interrogativadverb

1) (auf welche Art u. Weise) how

wie heißt er/das? — what is his/its name?; what is he/that called?

wie [bitte]? — [I beg your] pardon?; (entrüstet) I beg your pardon!

wie war das? — (ugs.) what was that?; what did you say?

wie kommt es, dass...? — how is it that...?

wie das? — (ugs.) how did that come about?

2) (durch welche Merkmale gekennzeichnet)

wie war das Wetter? — what was the weather like?; how was the weather?

wie ist dein neuer Chef? — what is your new boss like? (coll.); how is your new boss? (coll.)

wie geht es ihm? — how is he?

wie war es in Spanien? — what was Spain like?; what was it like in Spain?

wie findest du das Bild? — what do you think of the picture?

wie gefällt er dir? — how do you like him?

wie wär's mit... — how about...

3) (in welchem Grade) how

wie lange/groß/hoch/oft/viel? — how long/big/high/often/much?

wie spät ist es? — what time is it?

wie alt bist du? — how old are you?

und wie! — and how! (coll.)

4) (ugs.): (nicht wahr)

das hat dir Spaß gemacht, wie? — you enjoyed that, didn't you?
2.
Relativadverb

[die Art,] wie er es tut — the way or manner in which he does it

wie schon der Name sagt — as the name already implies
3.
Konjunktion

1) Vergleichspartikel as

[so]... wie... — as... as...

er macht es [genauso] wie du — he does it [just] like you [do]

ich fühlte mich wie... — I felt as if I were...

‘N’ wie ‘Nordpol’ — N for November

wie [zum Beispiel] — like; such as

wie wenn — as if or though

2) (und, sowie) as well as; both

Männer wie Frauen — men as well as women; both men and women

3) (temporal): (als)

wie ich an seinem Fenster vorbeigehe, höre ich ihn singen — as I pass by his window I hear him singing

4) (ugs.): (außer)

nichts wie Ärger — nothing but trouble

* * *

adv.

as adv.

how adv.

like adj.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > wie
54 para

prep.

1 for.

es para ti it's for you

una mesa para el salón a table for the living room

esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink

te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand

¿para qué? what for?

2 (in order) to.

para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims

lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you

3 toward.

ir para casa to head (for) home

salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport

4 for (time).

tiene que estar acabado para mañana it has to be finished by o for tomorrow

diez para las once ten to eleven (Am salvo RP)

5 to.

la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served

el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win

pres.indicat.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: parar.

pres.subj.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: parir.

imperat.

2^nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: parar.

* * *

para

► preposición

1 (finalidad) for

■ he comprado un regalo para mi abuela I've bought a present for my grandmother

■ es para su cumpleaños it's for her birthday

2 (uso, utilidad) for

■ los cuchillos son para cortar, no para jugar con ellos knives are for cutting, not for playing with

■ ¿tienes algo para el dolor de cabeza? have you got anything for a headache?

3 (destino, dirección) for, to

■ salimos para Lugo el domingo we leave for Lugo on Sunday

■ el tren para Toledo sale a las 18.00 the train to Toledo leaves at 18.00

■ ¿para dónde vas? where are you going?

■ voy para allá inmediatamente I'll be there in a minute

4 (tiempo, fechas límites) by, before

■ lo necesito para el viernes I need it by Friday

■ la carretera estará acabada para antes del verano the road will be finished before the summer

5 (comparación) for

■ para los años que tiene está muy activa she's very active for her age

■ pesa poquísimo para lo grande que es it's very light for its size

► conjunción

1 (finalidad) to, in order to

■ lo hice para ahorrar tiempo I did it to save time

■ para estar sano es preciso comer bien in order to be healthy one must eat properly

2 (suficiente) enough

■ tal como nos han tratado es para no volver nunca más the way they treated us is enough to make you never go back there again

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

para entonces by then

para con towards, to

■ han sido muy injustos para con los empleados they have been very unfair to their employees

■ cumplió con sus obligaciones para con la iglesia he fulfilled his obligations to the church

para que so that

■ déjale una nota a tu madre para que sepa dónde estás leave your mother a note so that she knows where you are

■ cierra la puerta para que no entre el perro shut the door so that the dog doesn't get in

■ aún es pronto para que vuelvan it's still too early for them to be back

¿para qué? what for?

■ ¿para qué has comprado eso? what did you buy that for?

¡que para qué! familiar very, really, terribly

■ ¡hace un frío que para qué! it's freezing

■ ¡es más torpe que para qué! she's so clumsy!

* * *

prep.

1) for

2) to

3) towards

4) by

•

- para adelante
- para detrás
- para que
* * *
I
PREP

1) [indicando finalidad, uso] for

un regalo para ti — a present for you

psicológicamente no estoy preparado para eso — I'm not psychologically ready for that

es demasiado cara para nosotros — it's too dear for us, it's beyond our means

no tengo para el viaje — I haven't got enough money for the trip

léelo para ti — read it to yourself

nació para poeta — he was born to be a poet

ya no estoy para estos trotes — I'm not up to this sort of thing anymore

yo no valgo para esto — I'm no good at this

una taza para café — a coffee cup

laca para el pelo — hairspray

para esto, podíamos habernos quedado en casa — if this is it, we might as well have stayed at home

2)

para que —

a) + subjun

lo traje para que lo vieras — I brought it so (that) you could see it

es para que lo leas — it's for you to read

un regalo para que te acuerdes de mí — a present for you to remember me by

para que eso fuera posible tendrías que trabajar mucho — you would have to work hard for that to be possible

b) [en preguntas]

¿para qué lo quieres? — why do you want it?, what do you want it for?

¿para qué sirve? — what's it for?

-¿por qué no se lo dices? -¿para qué? — "why don't you tell her?" - "what's the point o use?"

tú ya has pasado por eso, ¿para qué te voy a contar? — you've already been through that, so there's no point o use me telling you

que para qué * —

tengo un hambre que para qué — [uso enfático] I'm absolutely starving *

hay un embotellamiento que para qué — there's a huge traffic jam

3) + infin

a) [indicando finalidad] to

lo hizo para salvarse — he did it (in order) to save himself

para comprarlo necesitas cinco dólares más — to buy it you need another five dollars

estoy ahorrando para comprarme una moto — I'm saving up to buy a motorbike, I'm saving up for a motorbike

entré despacito para no despertarla — I went in slowly so as not to wake her

no es para comer — it's not for eating, it's not to be eaten

tengo bastante para vivir — I have enough to live on

es muy tarde para salir — it's too late to go out

b) [indicando secuencia temporal]

se casaron para separarse en seguida — they married only to separate soon after

el rey visitará Argentina para volar después a Chile — the king will visit Argentina and then fly on to Chile

4) [con expresiones de tiempo]

con esto tengo para rato — this will take me a while

lo dejamos para mañana — let's leave it till tomorrow

tengo muchos deberes para mañana — I have a lot of homework to do for tomorrow

lo recordaré para siempre — I'll remember it forever

ahora para las vacaciones de agosto hará un año — it'll be a year ago this o come the August holiday

va para un año desde la última vez — it's getting on for a year since the last time

lo tendré listo para fin de mes — I'll have it ready by o for the end of the month

para entonces ya era tarde — it was already too late by then

para las dos estaba lloviendo — by two o'clock it was raining

un cuarto para las diez — LAm a quarter to ten

son cinco para las ocho — LAm it's five to eight

5) [indicando dirección]

para atrás — back, backwards

para la derecha — to the right

el autobús para Marbella — the bus for Marbella, the Marbella bus

iba para el metro — I was going towards the underground

ir para casa — to go home, head for home

salir para Panamá — to leave for Panama

6) [indicando opiniones]

para mí que miente — in my opinion o if you ask me he's lying

no hay niño feo para una madre — all mothers think their baby is beautiful

7) [en comparaciones]

es mucho para lo que suele dar — this is a lot in comparison with what he usually gives

¿quién es usted para gritarme así? — who are you to shout at me like that?

para profesor habla muy mal — he doesn't speak very clearly for a teacher

para ser un niño lo hace muy bien — he does it very well for a child

para patatas, las de mi pueblo — if it's potatoes you want, look no further than my home town

para ruidosos, los españoles — there's nobody like the Spaniards for being noisy

8) [indicando trato]

para con — to, towards

tan amable para con todos — so kind to o towards everybody
estar 1., 7), ir 1., 10) II
* SM paratrooper, para *

* * *

preposición

Sentido I

1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

una carta para él — a letter for him

¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti — read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos — he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo — he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

champú para bebés — baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos — cough mixture

que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

2)

para + inf — to + inf

para serte sincero — to tell you the truth

esta agua no es para beber — this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar — it's ready to be painted o for painting

para aprobar — (in order) to pass

entró en puntillas para no despertarla — he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

3)

para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

4) ( expresando consecuencia) to

para su desgracia — unfortunately for him

para mi sorpresa — (much) to my surprise

Sentido II

5) ( expresando suficiencia) for

no hay para todos — there isn't enough for everybody

no es para tanto — it's not that bad

para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

hace demasiado frío para salir — it's too cold to go out

son altos para su edad — they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

7)

estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

no estoy para bromas — I'm in no mood for joking

está para tirarla a la basura — it's only fit for throwing out

no está (como) para salir sin abrigo — it's not warm enough to go out without a coat

8) ( expresando puntos de vista)

para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

lo es todo para él — she's everything to him

¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

Sentido III

9)

a) ( indicando dirección)

salieron para el aeropuerto — they left for the airport

empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

tráelo para acá — bring it over here

córrete para atrás — move back

b) ( en sentido figurado)

ya vamos para viejos — we're getting old o getting on

va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

Sentido IV

10) ( en relaciones de tiempo)

a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

estará listo para el día 15 — it'll be ready by o for the 15th

deberes para el lunes — homework for Monday

faltan cinco minutos para que termine — there are five minutes to go before the end

me lo prometió para después de Pascua — he promised me it for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

estará listo para finales de agosto — it'll be ready sometime around the end of August

para entonces estaré en Madrid — I'll be in Madrid (by) then

¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

tengo hora para mañana — I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to

son cinco para las diez — it's five to ten

11)

a) ( expresando duración)

para siempre — forever

tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

b) ( con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

12) ( en secuencias de acciones)

se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

salió sólo para volver a entrar — he went out only to come in again

* * *

= for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

Ex. For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

Ex. This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.

Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.

Ex. Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.

Ex. It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.

Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex. A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex. Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.

Ex. The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.

Ex. Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.

Ex. This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.

Ex. In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.

Ex. The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.

Ex. The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.

Ex. The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.

Ex. Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.

----

* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.

* para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.

* para actuar = for action.

* para alguna gente = to some people.

* para algunas personas = to some people.

* para algunos = to some.

* para aquel entonces = by then.

* para atraer al cliente = window dressing.

* para beneficio de = for the good of.

* para bien = for the best, for the better.

* para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.

* para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.

* para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.

* para bodas = bridal.

* para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].

* para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.

* para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.

* para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.

* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para cuando = by the time.

* para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.

* para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* para detrimento de = to the neglect of.

* para diario = everyday.

* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.

* para divertirse = for kicks.

* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para el año próximo = for the year ahead.

* para el arrastre = over the hill.

* para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.

* para el bien de = for the benefit of.

* para el caso = for that matter.

* para el esparcimiento = recreational.

* para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.

* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.

* para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.

* para el ocio = recreational.

* para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.

* para embalsamar = embalming.

* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.

* para entonces = by then.

* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.

* para eso = therefor.

* para este fin = to this end.

* para esto = therefor.

* para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.

* para expresar dimensiones = by.

* para + Fecha = by + Fecha.

* para finales de = by the end of.

* para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.

* para finalizar = in closing.

* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].

* para futuras consultas = for future reference.

* para hacer dinero = money-making.

* para hacer esto = in this.

* para hacer fundas = sleeving.

* para hacer juego = to match.

* para hacer justicia = in fairness to.

* para hacer las paces = peace offering.

* para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.

* para hacer más fácil = for ease of.

* para impresionar = for effect.

* para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.

* para jóvenes = youth-serving.

* para la eternidad = in perpetuity.

* para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.

* para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.

* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.

* para la posteridad = for posterity.

* para la web = Web-related.

* para llamar la atención = for effect.

* para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.

* para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.

* para más información = for further details.

* para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mayor información sobre = for details of.

* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.

* para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mí = for myself.

* para microordenadores = micro-computer based.

* para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.

* para no = so as not to.

* para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.

* para no ser menos = not to be outdone.

* para novias = bridal.

* para + Número = seat + Número.

* para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.

* para orquesta = orchestral.

* para otra ocasión = for future reference.

* para para lavarse la cara = washrag.

* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* para PCs = PC-based.

* para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.

* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.

* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.

* para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.

* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.

* para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.

* para protegerse = protectively.

* para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.

* para que así conste = for the record.

* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.

* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.

* para que no falte = for good measure.

* para que no falte de nada = for good measure.

* para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.

* para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.

* para que quede constancia = for the record.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.

* para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.

* para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.

* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.

* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.

* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.

* para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.

* para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.

* para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.

* para terminar = in closing.

* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.

* para toda la industria = industry-wide.

* para toda la universidad = university-wide.

* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.

* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.

* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.

* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* para todo uso = all-purpose.

* para tomar medidas = for action.

* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.

* para una única ocasión = one-time.

* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.

* para uso comercial = commercially-owned.

* para uso del profesional = professional-use.

* para uso industrial = heavy-duty.

* para uso personal = for personal use.

* para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.

* para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.

* sin parar = interminably.

* * *

preposición

Sentido I

1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

una carta para él — a letter for him

¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti — read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos — he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo — he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

champú para bebés — baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos — cough mixture

que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

2)

para + inf — to + inf

para serte sincero — to tell you the truth

esta agua no es para beber — this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar — it's ready to be painted o for painting

para aprobar — (in order) to pass

entró en puntillas para no despertarla — he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

3)

para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

4) ( expresando consecuencia) to

para su desgracia — unfortunately for him

para mi sorpresa — (much) to my surprise

Sentido II

5) ( expresando suficiencia) for

no hay para todos — there isn't enough for everybody

no es para tanto — it's not that bad

para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

hace demasiado frío para salir — it's too cold to go out

son altos para su edad — they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

7)

estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

no estoy para bromas — I'm in no mood for joking

está para tirarla a la basura — it's only fit for throwing out

no está (como) para salir sin abrigo — it's not warm enough to go out without a coat

8) ( expresando puntos de vista)

para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

lo es todo para él — she's everything to him

¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

Sentido III

9)

a) ( indicando dirección)

salieron para el aeropuerto — they left for the airport

empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

tráelo para acá — bring it over here

córrete para atrás — move back

b) ( en sentido figurado)

ya vamos para viejos — we're getting old o getting on

va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

Sentido IV

10) ( en relaciones de tiempo)

a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

estará listo para el día 15 — it'll be ready by o for the 15th

deberes para el lunes — homework for Monday

faltan cinco minutos para que termine — there are five minutes to go before the end

me lo prometió para después de Pascua — he promised me it for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

estará listo para finales de agosto — it'll be ready sometime around the end of August

para entonces estaré en Madrid — I'll be in Madrid (by) then

¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

tengo hora para mañana — I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to

son cinco para las diez — it's five to ten

11)

a) ( expresando duración)

para siempre — forever

tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

b) ( con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

12) ( en secuencias de acciones)

se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

salió sólo para volver a entrar — he went out only to come in again

* * *

= for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

Ex: For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

Ex: This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.

Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.

Ex: Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.

Ex: It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.

Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex: A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex: Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.

Ex: The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.

Ex: Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.

Ex: This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.

Ex: In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.

Ex: The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.

Ex: The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.

Ex: The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.

Ex: Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.

* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.

* para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.

* para actuar = for action.

* para alguna gente = to some people.

* para algunas personas = to some people.

* para algunos = to some.

* para aquel entonces = by then.

* para atraer al cliente = window dressing.

* para beneficio de = for the good of.

* para bien = for the best, for the better.

* para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.

* para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.

* para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.

* para bodas = bridal.

* para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].

* para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.

* para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.

* para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.

* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para cuando = by the time.

* para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.

* para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* para detrimento de = to the neglect of.

* para diario = everyday.

* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.

* para divertirse = for kicks.

* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para el año próximo = for the year ahead.

* para el arrastre = over the hill.

* para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.

* para el bien de = for the benefit of.

* para el caso = for that matter.

* para el esparcimiento = recreational.

* para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.

* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.

* para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.

* para el ocio = recreational.

* para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.

* para embalsamar = embalming.

* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.

* para entonces = by then.

* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.

* para eso = therefor.

* para este fin = to this end.

* para esto = therefor.

* para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.

* para expresar dimensiones = by.

* para + Fecha = by + Fecha.

* para finales de = by the end of.

* para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.

* para finalizar = in closing.

* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].

* para futuras consultas = for future reference.

* para hacer dinero = money-making.

* para hacer esto = in this.

* para hacer fundas = sleeving.

* para hacer juego = to match.

* para hacer justicia = in fairness to.

* para hacer las paces = peace offering.

* para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.

* para hacer más fácil = for ease of.

* para impresionar = for effect.

* para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.

* para jóvenes = youth-serving.

* para la eternidad = in perpetuity.

* para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.

* para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.

* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.

* para la posteridad = for posterity.

* para la web = Web-related.

* para llamar la atención = for effect.

* para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.

* para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.

* para más información = for further details.

* para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mayor información sobre = for details of.

* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.

* para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mí = for myself.

* para microordenadores = micro-computer based.

* para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.

* para no = so as not to.

* para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.

* para no ser menos = not to be outdone.

* para novias = bridal.

* para + Número = seat + Número.

* para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.

* para orquesta = orchestral.

* para otra ocasión = for future reference.

* para para lavarse la cara = washrag.

* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* para PCs = PC-based.

* para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.

* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.

* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.

* para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.

* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.

* para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.

* para protegerse = protectively.

* para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.

* para que así conste = for the record.

* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.

* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.

* para que no falte = for good measure.

* para que no falte de nada = for good measure.

* para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.

* para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.

* para que quede constancia = for the record.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.

* para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.

* para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.

* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.

* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.

* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.

* para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.

* para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.

* para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.

* para terminar = in closing.

* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.

* para toda la industria = industry-wide.

* para toda la universidad = university-wide.

* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.

* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.

* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.

* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* para todo uso = all-purpose.

* para tomar medidas = for action.

* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.

* para una única ocasión = one-time.

* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.

* para uso comercial = commercially-owned.

* para uso del profesional = professional-use.

* para uso industrial = heavy-duty.

* para uso personal = for personal use.

* para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.

* para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.

* sin parar = interminably.

* * *

para

prep

Sentido I

A (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

tengo buenas noticias para ustedes I have some good news for you

¿para qué revista escribes? what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? what do you want it for?

¿para qué tuviste que ir a decírselo? what did you have to go and tell him for?, why did you have to go and tell him?

champú para bebés baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos cough mixture

que para qué (decirte/hablar) ( fam): hacía un frío que para qué (decirte) it was freezing cold ( colloq)

venían con un hambre que para qué (hablar) or para qué te voy a contar they were starving o so hungry when they got here!

B para + INF to + INF

está ahorrando para comprarse un coche she's saving up for a car o to buy a car

esta agua no es para beber this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting

para serte sincero to tell you the truth

como para convencerse a sí misma as if to convince herself

para pasar al curso siguiente (in order) to go on to the next year

no hay que ser muy inteligente para darse cuenta you don't have to be very intelligent to realize that

nos cambiamos de sitio para ver mejor we changed places (so as) to see better

para no + INF so as not to + INF

entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

C para QUE + SUBJ:

lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me

pídeselo — ¿para qué? ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it — what for? so he can say no?

para QUE no + SUBJ:

cierra la puerta para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us

D

1

(enfatizando la culminación de algo): para colmo or para rematarla se apagó la luz to crown o top o cap it all the light went out

2 (expresando efecto, consecuencia) to

para su desgracia unfortunately for him

para mi gran sorpresa to my great surprise, much to my surprise

Sentido II

A (expresando suficiencia) for

no había bastante para todos there wasn't enough for everybody o to go round

tranquilízate, no es para tanto calm down, it's not that bad

para + INF:

apenas tienen para comer they can barely afford to eat

soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it

bastante tengo yo con mis problemas (como) para estar ocupándome de los suyos I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with his as well

¡es (como) para matarlo! ( fam); I'll kill him! ( colloq)

para QUE + SUBJ:

basta que yo diga A para que él diga B if I say it's black, he'll say it's white

basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa he only has to walk in and she gets flustered

B

(en comparaciones, contrastes): hace demasiado calor para estar al sol it's too hot to be in the sun

son altos para su edad they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está nada gordo considering how much he eats, he's not at all fat

díselo tú — ¡para el caso que me hacen …! you tell them — for all the notice they take of me …

para + INF:

para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent, considering it was completely off the cuff it was an excellent speech

¿quién se cree que es para hablarte así? who does she think she is, speaking to you like that o to speak to you like that?

para QUE + SUBJ:

son demasiado grandes para que les estés haciendo todo they're too old for you to be doing everything for them

para que se esté quejando todo el día … if he's going to spend all day complaining …

¡tanto preocuparse por ellos para que después hasta te acusen de metomentodo! all that worrying about them and then they go and accuse you of being a meddler!

C estar para algo/+ INF

(indicando estado): mira que no estoy para bromas look, I'm in no mood for joking o for jokes

estas botas están para tirarlas a la basura these boots are only fit for throwing out o for the trash o ( BrE) for the bin

no está (como) para salir tan de veranillo it's not warm enough to go out in such summery clothes

D

(expresando opiniones, puntos de vista): para mí que ya no viene if you ask me, he won't come now

para el padre, el niño es un Mozart en ciernes in the father's opinion o as far as the father's concerned, the boy is a budding Mozart

tú eres todo para mí you're everything to me

¿para ti qué es lo más importante? what's the most important thing for you?, what do you see as the most important thing?

esto es de gran interés para el lector this is of great interest to the reader

Sentido III

A

(indicando dirección): salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport

empuja para arriba push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?

se los llevó para la casa de los abuelos she took them over to their grandparents' house

tráelo para acá/adentro bring it over here/inside

córrete para atrás move back

B

(en sentido figurado): ya vamos para viejos we're getting old o ( colloq) getting on

va para los 50 años she's pushing fifty ( colloq), she's going o ( BrE) getting on for fifty ( colloq)

Sentido IV (expresando relaciones de tiempo)

A

(señalando un plazo): tiene que estar listo para el día 15 it has to be ready by o for the 15th

¿qué deberes tienes para el lunes? what homework do you have for Monday?

son cinco para las diez ( AmL exc RPl) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]; it's five to ten

faltan cinco minutos para que termine la clase there are five minutes to go before the end of the class

me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised I could have it after Easter, he promised it to me for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?, how long will it take you to finish it?

B

1

(indicando fecha aproximada): piensan casarse para finales de agosto they plan to marry sometime around the end of August

para entonces quién sabe si todavía estaremos vivos who knows if we'll still be alive (by) then?

¿para cuándo espera? when is the baby due?

2 (indicando fecha fija) for

tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

C

1

(expresando duración): para siempre forever

tengo para rato ( fam); I'm going to be a while (yet), this is going to take me a while (yet)

esto va para largo ( fam); this is going to take some time

2 (con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le puedo regalar para el cumpleaños? what can I give him for his birthday?

D ( liter)

(en secuencias de acciones): se fue para nunca volver she went away never to return

fue puesto en libertad, para más tarde volver a ser detenido he was set free only to be rearrested later, he was set free but was rearrested later

* * *

Del verbo parar: ( conjugate parar)

para es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

Del verbo parir: ( conjugate parir)

para es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
para
parar
parir
para preposición
1 (destino, finalidad, intención) for;
◊ una carta para él a letter for him;

¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?;
champú para bebés baby shampoo;
para eso no voy I might as well not go;
para + inf: ahorra para comprarse un coche he's saving up to buy a car;
tomé un taxi para no llegar tarde I took a taxi so I wouldn't be late;
está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting;
para aprobar (in order) to pass;
entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her;
lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me;
cierra para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
2
a) ( suficiencia) for;

◊ no hay para todos there isn't enough for everybody;

no es para tanto it's not that bad;
soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
b) (en comparaciones, contrastes):

◊ hace demasiado frío para salir it's too cold to go out;

son altos para su edad they're tall for their age;
para lo que come, no está gordo considering how much he eats, he's not fat;
¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?;
es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own
1 ( dirección):
◊ salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport;

empuja para arriba push up o upward(s);
¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
2 ( tiempo)
a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo):

◊ estará listo para el día 15 it'll be ready by o for the 15th;

deberes para el lunes homework for Monday;
faltan cinco minutos para que termine there are five minutes to go before the end;
me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised me it for after Easter;
¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?;
para entonces estaré en Madrid I'll be in Madrid (by) then;
tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to;

◊ son cinco para las diez it's five to ten

c) ( duración):

◊ para siempre forever;

tengo para rato (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
parar ( conjugate parar) verbo intransitivo
1 ( detenerse) to stop;
◊ paró en seco she stopped dead;

ir/venir a para to end up;
fue a para a la cárcel he ended up in prison;
¿a dónde habrá ido a para aquella foto? what can have happened to that photo?;
¡a dónde iremos a para! I don't know what the world's coming to
2 ( cesar) to stop;
◊ para un momento hang on a minute;

ha estado lloviendo sin para it hasn't stopped raining;
no para quieto ni un momento he can't keep still for a minute;
no para en casa she's never at home;
para DE + INF to stop -ing;
paró de llover it stopped raining
3 (AmL) [obreros/empleados] to go on strike
verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹coche/tráfico/persona› to stop;

‹motor/máquina› to stop, switch off
b) ‹ hemorragia› to stanch (AmE), to staunch (BrE)

c) ‹balón/tiro› to save, stop;

‹ golpe› to block, ward off
2 (AmL)
a) ( poner de pie) to stand

b) ( poner vertical) ‹vaso/libro› to stand … up;

◊ el perro paró las orejas the dog pricked up its ears

pararse verbo pronominal
1 ( detenerse)
a) [ persona] to stop

b) [reloj/máquina] to stop;

[coche/motor] to stall;
◊ se me paró el reloj my watch stopped

2
a) (AmL) ( ponerse de pie) to stand up;

◊ párate derecho stand up straight;

se paró en una silla she stood on a chair;
¿te puedes para de cabeza/de manos? can you do headstands/handstands?
b) (AmL) [ pelo] ( hacia arriba) to stick up;

( en los lados) to stick out
c) (Méx, Ven) ( levantarse de la cama) to get up

parir ( conjugate parir) verbo intransitivo [ mujer] to give birth;
[ vaca] to calve;
[yegua/burra] to foal;
[ oveja] to lamb
verbo transitivo
a) [ mujer] to give birth to, have

b) [ mamíferos] to have, bear (frml)

para preposición
1 (utilidad, aptitud) for: ¿para qué tanto esfuerzo?, what's all this effort for?
una pomada para las quemaduras, an ointment for burns
una tijera para zurdos, a pair of scissors for left-handed people
2 (finalidad, motivo) to, in order to: lo dijo para molestarme, she said it to annoy me
lo hace para que te fijes en él, he does it so that you notice him
3 (destinatario) for: es para mamá, it's for mum
hablaba para los votantes indecisos, he spoke to the undecided voters
es muy atento para con ella, he's very obliging towards her
4 (opinión) para Paco todas las mujeres son guapas, in Paco's opinion, all women are pretty
5 (comparación, concesión) for: para ser tan joven tiene ideas muy sensatas, he has very sensible ideas for his age
6 (rechazo) para una vez que hablo, me haces callar, the one time I speak, you shut me up
7 (tiempo) by: estará listo para las cinco, it'll be ready by five
para entonces, by then
8 (a punto de) está para salir, it's about to leave
9 (dirección) el tren para Burgos acaba de salir, the train for Burgos has just left
iba para tu casa, I was going to your house
Recuerda que cuando para expresa finalidad, se traduce por to o in order to (este último sólo se usa para evitar confusión): Me voy para ayudarte. I'm going in order to help you. Si usáramos sólo to significaría: Voy a ayudarte. Sin embargo, cuando después de para viene un sustantivo o un pronombre y no un verbo (esta llave es para aquella puerta), se traduce por for ( this key is for that door).
parar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to stop: para de saltar, stop jumping
para un momento en la farmacia, stop a minute at the chemist's
no pares de hablar, por favor, keep talking, please
2 (alojarse) to stay
3 (finalizar, terminar) el cuadro fue a parar al rastro, the painting ended up in the flea market
II verbo transitivo
1 to stop
2 Dep to save
3 LAm to stand up
♦ Locuciones: dónde va a parar, by far: mi hija es muchísmo más inteligente que la suya, dónde va a parar, my daughter is far more intelligent than theirs
parir verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to give birth (to)
♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a parir, to run sb down
' para' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abalorio
- ablandar
- abreviar
- absoluta
- absoluto
- acá
- aceitera
- achuchar
- actuación
- adentro
- agitador
- agitadora
- alcanzar
- alfiler
- alguna
- alguno
- aliento
- alquiler
- alta
- amenaza
- añadidura
- ancha
- ancho
- ánimo
- año
- antesala
- antirrobo
- aplanar
- aprovechar
- apta
- aptitud
- apto
- aquí
- arca
- arena
- arrastre
- arriba
- arropar
- atonía
- atrás
- atril
- aunar
- auspicio
- baja
- bajo
- balde
- bálsamo
- bañarse
- banco
English:
AA
- ability
- about
- accessory
- accommodate
- achieve
- activity
- adapter
- adaptor
- adequate
- adequately
- admire
- adult
- advantage
- advantageous
- advertise
- aftershave (lotion)
- agitate
- agree
- all
- all-out
- allocate
- analyst
- antiallergenic
- antibiotic
- antidote
- antihistamine
- antipollution
- appease
- application
- appointment
- appropriate
- aptitude
- argue
- arm-twisting
- arms control
- around-the clock
- arrangement
- arson
- as
- ASPCA
- assailant
- assert
- assess
- assume
- astir
- astonishment
- attain
- attention span
- attractive

* * *

para prep

1. [indica destino, finalidad, motivación] for;

es para ti it's for you;

significa mucho para mí it means a lot to me;

“¡qué suerte!” dije para mí “how lucky,” I said to myself;

una mesa para el salón a table for the living-room;

desayuno para dos breakfast for two;

crema para zapatos shoe polish;

pastillas para dormir sleeping pills;

están entrenados para el combate they have been trained for combat;

estudia para dentista she's studying to become a dentist;

esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink;

para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims;

lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you;

me voy para no causar más molestias I'll go so I don't cause you any more inconvenience;

te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand;

resulta que se divorcian para un mes más tarde volverse a casar so they get divorced, only to remarry a month later;

para con towards;

es buena para con los demás she is kind towards other people;

¿para qué? what for?;

¿para qué quieres un martillo? what do you want a hammer for?, why do you want a hammer?;

¿para qué has venido? why are you here?;

¿para quién trabajas? who do you work for?

2. [indica dirección] towards;

el próximo vuelo para Caracas the next flight to Caracas;

ir para casa to head (for) home;

salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport;

para abajo downwards;

para arriba upwards;

tira para arriba pull up o upwards;

para atrás backwards;

échate para atrás [en asiento] lean back;

para delante forwards;

ya vas para viejo you're getting old;

esta muchacha va para pintora this girl has all the makings of a painter

3. [indica tiempo] for;

tiene que estar acabado para mañana/para antes de Navidad it has to be finished by o for tomorrow/before Christmas;

faltan cinco minutos para que salga el tren the train leaves in five minutes;

tienen previsto casarse para el 17 de agosto they plan to get married on 17 August;

llevamos comida para varios días we have enough food for several days;
Am salvo RP
diez para las once ten to eleven;
Am salvo RP
un cuarto para las once (a) quarter to eleven;

va para un año que no nos vemos it's getting on for a year since we saw each other;

¿y para cuándo un bebé? and when are you going to start a family?;

para entonces by then

4. [indica comparación]
tiene la estatura adecuada para su edad she is the normal height for her age;

está muy delgado para lo que come he's very thin considering how much he eats;

para ser verano hace mucho frío considering it's summer, it's very cold;

para ser un principiante no lo hace mal he's not bad for a beginner;

para lo que me ha servido… for all the use it's been to me…;

¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!;

¿y tú quién eres para tratarla así? who do you think you are, treating her like that?;

yo no soy quien para decir… it's not for me to say…

5. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo) [indica inminencia, propósito] to;

la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served;

el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win

6. [indica opinión] for;

para Marx, la religión era el opio del pueblo for Marx, religion was the opium of the people;

para mí/ti/ etc as far as I'm/you're/ etc concerned;

para mí que no van a venir it looks to me like they're not coming;

¿para ti quién es más guapo? who do you think is the most handsome?

7. [indica disposición, estado]
no estoy para fiestas I'm not in the mood for parties;

el abuelo no está ya para hacer viajes largos grandfather's no longer up to going on long journeys;

¿hace día para ir sin chaqueta? is it warm enough to go out without a jacket on?

8. [indica consecuencia]
para su sorpresa, para sorpresa suya to her surprise;

para alegría de todos to everyone's delight;

para nuestra desgracia unfortunately for us

9. Comp

no es/fue/ etc[m5]. para tanto it's not/it wasn't/ etc such a big deal;

no llores, que no es para tanto don't cry, it's not such a big deal, there's no need to cry about it;

dicen que les trataron mal, pero no fue para tanto they say they were ill-treated, but that's going a bit far;
Fam
que para qué: hace un calor que para qué it's absolutely boiling;

este plato pica que para qué this dish is really hot, Br this dish isn't half hot

* * *

para

prp

1 for;

para mí for me

2 dirección toward(s);

ir para head for;

va para directora she’s going to end up as manager

3 tiempo for;

listo para mañana ready for tomorrow;

para siempre forever;

diez para las ocho L.Am. ten of eight, ten to eight;

para Pascua iremos de vacaciones a Lima we’re going to Lima for Easter;

espero que para Pascua haya terminado la crisis I hope the crisis is over by Easter;

¿para cuándo? when for?

4 finalidad

:

lo hace para ayudarte he does it (in order) to help you;

para que so that;

¿para qué te marchas? what are you leaving for?;

para eso no hace falta it’s not necessary just for that

5 en comparaciones

:

para su edad es muy maduro he’s very mature for his age

6

:

lo heredó todo para morir a los 30 he inherited it all, only to die at 30

* * *

para prep

1) : for

para ti: for you

alta para su edad: tall for her age

una cita para el lunes: an appointment for Monday

2) : to, towards

para la derecha: to the right

van para el río: they're heading towards the river

3) : to, in order to

lo hace para molestarte: he does it to annoy you

4) : around, by (a time)

para mañana estarán listos: they'll be ready by tomorrow

5)

para adelante : forwards

6)

para atrás : backwards

7)

para que : so, so that, in order that

te lo digo para que sepas: I'm telling you so you'll know

* * *

para prep

1. (en general) for

una carta para el director a letter for the manager

está muy alto para su edad he's very tall for his age

jarabe para la tos cough medicine

2. (seguido de infinitivo) to

he venido para hablar contigo I have come to talk to you

para no despertar al niño so as not to wake the baby up

3. (seguido de subjuntivo) so that

cierra la puerta para que no entre el perro shut the door so that the dog doesn't get in

4. (dirección) for / to

salgo para Madrid dentro de una hora I'm leaving for Madrid in an hour

me voy para casa I'm going home

5. (tiempo) by

lo quiero para el viernes I want it by Friday

para mí for me / in my opinion

Spanish-English dictionary > para
55 señor

adj.

mister, Mr., Mr.

m.

1 gentleman, lord, gent.

2 sir, mister.

3 Lord.

4 master.

* * *

señor

► adjetivo

1 (noble) distinguished, noble

2 familiar fine

■ es un señor coche it's quite a car

► nombre masculino,nombre femenino

1 (hombre) man, gentleman; (mujer) woman, lady

2 (amo - hombre) master; (- mujer) mistress

3 HISTORIA (hombre) lord; (mujer) lady

4 (tratamiento - hombre) sir; (- mujer) madam, US ma'am

■ buenos días, señora good morning, madam

5 (ante apellido - hombre) Mr; (- mujer) Mrs

■ el Sr. Rodríguez Mr Rodríguez

6 (ante título)

■ el señor cura the priest

7 (en carta - hombre) Sir; (- mujer) Madam

■ muy señora mía Dear Madam

■ estimados señores Dear Sir

► nombre masculino el Señor

1 RELIGIÓN the Lord

► interjección señor

1 good Lord!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ser todo un señor / ser toda una señora to be a real gentleman / be a real lady

¡señoras y señores! ladies and gentlemen!

el señor de la casa / la señora de la casa the gentleman of the house / the lady of the house

Nuestro Señor / Nuestra Señora Our Lord / Our Lady

señor feudal feudal lord

* * *

noun m.

1) gentleman

2) sir

3) owner, master

4) mister

5) lord

* * *
señor, -a
1. ADJ

1) * [antes de sustantivo] [uso enfático] great big *

vive en una señora casa — he lives in a great big house *

eso es un señor melón — that's some melon

2) (=libre) free, at liberty

eres muy señor de hacerlo si quieres — you're quite free o at liberty to do so if you want

2. SM / F

1) (=persona madura) man o más frm gentleman/lady

ha venido un señor preguntando por ti — there was a man o más frm a gentleman here asking for you

le espera una señora en su despacho — there's a lady waiting to see you in your office

es todo un señor — he's a real gentleman

lo he comprado en la planta de señoras — I bought it in ladieswear

- dárselas de señor

señora de compañía — companion

2) (=dueño) [de tierras] owner; [de criado, esclavo] master/mistress

el señor no vendrá hoy a comer — the master will not be here for lunch today

¿está la señora? — is the lady of the house in?

el señor de la casa — the master of the house

no es señor de sus pasiones — he cannot control his passions

3) [fórmula de tratamiento]

a) [con apellido] Mr/Mrs

es para el señor Serrano — it's for Mr Serrano

el señor y la señora Durán — Mr and Mrs Durán

los señores Centeno y Sánchez tuvieron que irse antes — frm Messrs Centeno and Sánchez had to leave early frm

los señores (de) González — Mr and Mrs González

b) * [con nombre de pila]

buenos días, señor Mariano — [a Mariano Ruiz] good morning, Mr Ruiz

la señora María es de mi pueblo — [hablando de María Ruiz] Mrs Ruiz is from my village

c) [hablando directamente] sir/madam

no se preocupe señor — don't worry, sir

¿qué desea la señora? — [en tienda] can I help you, madam?; [en restaurante] what would you like, madam?

¡oiga, señora! — excuse me, madam!

¡señoras y señores! — ladies and gentlemen!

d) [con nombre de cargo o parentesco]

el señor alcalde — the mayor

el señor cura — the priest

señor presidente — Mr President

señor alcalde — Mr Mayor

sí, señor juez — yes, my Lord

como diría tu señora madre — as your mother would say

e) frm [en correspondencia]

muy señor mío — Dear Sir

muy señora mía — Dear Madam

muy señores nuestros — Dear Sirs

señor director — [en carta a periódico] Dear Sir

4) [uso enfático]

pues sí señor, así es como pasó — yes indeed, that's how it happened

¡no señor, ahora no te vas! — oh no, you're not going anywhere yet!
señora
5) [en letrero]

señores — gents

3. SM

1) ( Hist) lord

señor de la guerra — warlord

señor feudal — feudal lord

2) (Rel)

el Señor — the Lord

alabemos al Señor — let us praise the Lord

Nuestro Señor — Our Lord

Nuestro Señor Jesucristo — Our Lord Jesus Christ

recibir al Señor — to take communion

* * *
I
- ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)

es un señor puesto — it's a really good job

aquello era un señor cuadro — it was a huge picture
II
- ñora

1)

a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

te busca un señor — there's a man o gentleman looking for you

la señora del último piso — the lady who lives on the top floor

peluquería de señoras — ladies' hairdresser's

la señora de la limpieza — the cleaning lady

señoras — ladies, women

b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady

es todo un señor — he's a real gentleman

tiene ínfulas de gran señora — she gives herself airs and graces

- señora de compañía

2) (dueño, amo)

el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

- señor feudal

3) (Relig)

a) Señor masculino Lord

Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

Nuestro Señor Jesucristo — our Lord Jesus Christ

b) Señora femenino

Nuestra Señora de Montserrat — Our Lady of Montserrat

4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife

5) ( tratamiento de cortesía)

a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs

los señores de Paz — Mr and Mrs Paz

b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

c) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos)

el señor alcalde no podrá asistir — the mayor will not be able to attend

la señora directora está ocupada — the director is busy

Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

d) (frml) ( sin mencionar el nombre)

perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

los señores han salido — Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

e) ( uso enfático)

¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going
•• Cultural note:
Señor/Señora/Señorita

Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers

* * *

= master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].

Ex. But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.

Ex. My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.

Ex. These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.

----

* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.

* nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.

* señor feudal = suzerain.

* * *
I
- ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)

es un señor puesto — it's a really good job

aquello era un señor cuadro — it was a huge picture
II
- ñora

1)

a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

te busca un señor — there's a man o gentleman looking for you

la señora del último piso — the lady who lives on the top floor

peluquería de señoras — ladies' hairdresser's

la señora de la limpieza — the cleaning lady

señoras — ladies, women

b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady

es todo un señor — he's a real gentleman

tiene ínfulas de gran señora — she gives herself airs and graces

- señora de compañía

2) (dueño, amo)

el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

- señor feudal

3) (Relig)

a) Señor masculino Lord

Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

Nuestro Señor Jesucristo — our Lord Jesus Christ

b) Señora femenino

Nuestra Señora de Montserrat — Our Lady of Montserrat

4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife

5) ( tratamiento de cortesía)

a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs

los señores de Paz — Mr and Mrs Paz

b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

c) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos)

el señor alcalde no podrá asistir — the mayor will not be able to attend

la señora directora está ocupada — the director is busy

Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

d) (frml) ( sin mencionar el nombre)

perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

los señores han salido — Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

e) ( uso enfático)

¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going
•• Cultural note:
Señor/Señora/Señorita

Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers

* * *

= master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].

Ex: But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.

Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.

Ex: These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.

* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.

* nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.

* señor feudal = suzerain.

* * *

señor¹ - ñora

adjective

1 ( delante del n) ( fam)

(uso enfático): ha conseguido un señor puesto she's got herself a really good job

fue una señora fiesta it was some party o quite a party! ( colloq)

2

(libre): eres muy señor de hacer lo que quieras you're completely free to do as you like

señor² - ñora Señor/Señora/Señorita (↑ señora a1)

A

1 (persona adulta) ( masculine) man, gentleman; ( feminine) lady

te busca un señor there's a man o gentleman looking for you

la señora del último piso the lady who lives on the top floor

peluquería de señoras ladies' hairdresser's

la señora de la limpieza the cleaning lady

[ S ] señoras ladies, women

tiene 20 años pero se viste muy de señora she's only 20 but she dresses a lot older

2 (persona distinguida) ( masculine) gentleman; ( feminine) lady

es todo un señor he's a real gentleman

tiene ínfulas de gran señora she gives herself airs and graces, she fancies herself as some sort of lady ( BrE)

Compuesto:

señora de compañía

feminine companion

B

(dueño, amo): el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house ( frml)

los vasallos debían fidelidad a sus señores ( Hist) the vassals owed allegiance to their lords

a la señora le pareció mal ( iró); Madam o her ladyship didn't like the idea ( iro)

Compuesto:

señor feudal

masculine feudal lord

C ( Relig)

1

Señor masculine Lord

recibir al Señor to receive the body of Christ

Dios, nuestro Señor the Lord God

Nuestro Señor Jesucristo our Lord Jesus Christ

nuestro hermano que ahora descansa or duerme en el Señor our brother who is now at peace

2

Señora feminine: Nuestra Señora de Montserrat Our Lady of Montserrat

D

1

señora feminine (esposa) wife

saludos a tu señora give my regards to your wife

la señora de Jaime está muy enferma Jaime's wife is very ill

2

señor masculine ( Méx) (esposo) husband

E (tratamiento de cortesía) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

1 (con apellidos) ( masculine) Mr; ( feminine) Mrs

buenas tardes, Señor López good afternoon, Mr López

Señora de Luengo, ¿quiere pasar? would you go in please, Mrs/Ms Luengo?

¿avisaste a la señora (de) Fuentes? did you tell Mrs/Ms Fuentes?

los señores de Paz Mr and Mrs Paz

ya tenemos en nuestras manos los documentos enviados por los señores Gómez y López ( frml); we have now received the documents from Messrs. Gómez and López ( frml)

2

(uso popular, con nombres de pila): ¿cómo está, Señora Cristina? ≈ how are you Mrs Fuentes?, ≈ how are you, Mrs F? ( colloq)

la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel no está ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López is not at home

3 ( frml)

(con otros sustantivos): el señor alcalde no podrá asistir the mayor will not be able to attend

la señora directora está ocupada the director is busy

salude a su señor padre/señora madre de mi parte ( ant); please convey my respects to your father/mother ( dated)

Señor Director ( Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir ( frml)

4 ( frml)

(sin mencionar el nombre): perdón, señor/señora, ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?

pase señor/señora come in, please

señoras y señores ladies and gentlemen

¿se lleva ésa, señora? will you take that one, Madam? ( frml)

muy señor mío/señores míos ( Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?

los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz are not at home

¿el señor/la señora va a cenar en casa? will you be dining in this evening, sir/madam? ( frml)

5

(uso enfático): ¿y lo pagó él? — pues sí, señor you mean he paid for it? — he did indeed o ( colloq) he sure did

no, señor/señora, no fue así oh, no! that's not what happened

no, señor, no pienso prestárselo there's no way I'm going to lend it to him

* * *

Multiple Entries:
Señor
señor
señor
◊ - ñora sustantivo masculino, femenino

1
a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman;

(f) lady;
◊ peluquería de señoras ladies' hairdresser's

b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman;

(f) lady;
◊ es todo un señor he's a real gentleman

2 (dueño, amo):
◊ el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

3 (Relig)
a)

◊ Señor sustantivo masculino

Lord
b)

◊ Señora sustantivo femenino: Nuestra Sseñora de Montserrat Our Lady of Montserrat

4
◊ señora sustantivo femenino ( esposa) wife

5 ( tratamiento de cortesía)
a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr;

(f) Mrs;
◊ los señores de Paz Mr and Mrs Paz

b) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos):

◊ la señora directora está ocupada the director is busy;

Sseñor Director (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)
c) (frml) ( sin mencionar el nombre):

◊ perdón, señor ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?;

muy señor mío/señores míos (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs;
Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?;
los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home
señor sustantivo masculino
1 (hombre) man, gentleman
2 sir (en inglés británico indica una posición social inferior) señor, se le ha caído la cartera, excuse me, you have dropped your wallet 3 señoras y señores, ladies and gentlemen
4 (tratamiento) Mr: ha llegado el Sr. Gómez, Mr Gómez is here
el señor presidente está reunido, the President is in a meeting
5 (en correspondencia) estimado señor, Dear Sir
6 Hist lord
7 Rel El Señor, the Lord
8 (persona respetable) es todo un señor y no hace caso de habladurías, he doesn't pay the slightest bit of attention to idle chatter, he's a real gentleman
9 familiar (grande, importante) el joven principiante se ha convertido en un señor actor, the inexperienced young actor has become a star
Recuerda que no se usa Mr o Mrs solo con el nombre de pila, excepto cuando un "criado" está hablando con su "señor". En todo caso debes decir Mr Miguel más el apellido o Mr más el apellido. La misma regla se aplica también a Mrs y Ms.
' señor' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abierta
- abierto
- ama
- amo
- audiencia
- caballero
- de
- don
- estimada
- estimado
- Excemo.
- Excmo.
- N. S.
- señora
- señorita
- señorito
- Sr.
- el
- encantado
- mío
- parte
- rogar
English:
dear
- esquire
- follow-up
- gent
- lord
- master
- mister
- Mr
- Mrs
- Ms
- outstanding
- sir
- worship
- Epiphany
- gentleman
- squire

* * *

señor, -ora

♦ adj

1. [refinado] noble, refined

2. Fam [antes de sustantivo] [gran] real;
[excelente] wonderful, splendid;
tienen una señora casa/un señor problema that's some house/problem they've got

♦ nm

1. [tratamiento] [antes de apellido, nombre, cargo] Mr;

el señor López Mr López;

los señores Ruiz Mr and Mrs Ruiz;

¿están los señores (Ruiz) en casa? are Mr and Mrs Ruiz in?;

dile al señor Miguel que gracias say thanks to Miguel from me;

¡señor presidente! Mr President!;

el señor director les atenderá enseguida the manager will see you shortly

2. [tratamiento] [al dirigir la palabra] Sir;

pase usted, señor do come in, do come in, Sir;

¡oiga señor, se le ha caído esto! excuse me! you dropped this;

señores, debo comunicarles algo gentlemen, there's something I have to tell you;

¿qué desea el señor? what would you like, Sir?;

sí, señor yes, Sir;

Muy señor mío, Estimado señor [en cartas] Dear Sir;

Muy señores míos [en cartas] Dear Sirs

3. [hombre] man;

llamó un señor preguntando por ti there was a call for you from a man;

el señor de la carnicería the man from the butcher's;

en el club sólo dejaban entrar a (los) señores they only let men into the club;

un señor mayor an elderly gentleman;

señores [en letrero] men, gents

4. [caballero] gentleman;

es todo un señor he's a real gentleman;

vas hecho un señor con ese traje you look like a real gentleman in that suit

5. [dueño] owner;
Formal
¿es usted el señor de la casa? are you the head of the household?

6. Formal [de criado, esclavo] master

7. [noble, aristócrata] lord

Comp
Hist señor feudal feudal lord;
señor de la guerra warlord

8. [en religión]
el Señor the Lord;

Nuestro Señor Our Lord;

¡Señor, ten piedad! Lord, have mercy upon us!

9. [indica énfasis]
sí señor, eso fue lo que ocurrió yes indeed, that's exactly what happened;

¡sí señor, así se habla! excellent, that's what I like to hear!;

no señor, estás muy equivocado oh no, you're completely wrong;

a mí no me engañas, no señor you can't fool ME

♦ interj

Good Lord!;

¡Señor, qué manera de llover! Good Lord, look how it's raining!

* * *

Señor

m Lord

* * *

señor, - ñora n

1) : gentleman m, man m, lady f, woman f, wife f

2) : Sir m, Madam f

estimados señores: Dear Sirs

3) : Mr. m, Mrs. f

4) : lord m, lady f

el Señor: the Lord

* * *

señor n

1. (hombre) man [pl. men]

¿quién es ese señor? who's that man?

2. (con apellido) Mr

el señor Pérez Mr Pérez

3. (de cortesía) sir

sí, señor yes, sir

el Señor the Lord

Spanish-English dictionary > señor
56 donde

adv.

where.

el bolso está donde lo dejaste the bag is where you left it

puedes ir donde quieras you can go wherever you want

hasta donde as far as, up to where

llegaré hasta donde pueda I'll get as far as I can

donde sea posible wherever possible

por donde wherever

iré por donde me manden I'll go wherever they send me

pron.

where.

la casa donde nací the house where I was born

la ciudad de donde viene the town (where) she comes from, the town from which she comes

hacia donde toward where, toward which

hasta donde as far as where, as far as which

de donde from which (de lo cual)

* * *

donde

► adverbio

1 where, in which

■ el colegio donde estudié the school where I studied

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de donde / desde donde from where, whence

■ ésta es la casa desde donde procedió el disparo this is the house where the shot came from

donde las dan las toman familiar tit for tat

¡mira por donde! / ¡vaya por donde! familiar fancy that!

* * *

adv.

1) where

2) wherever

* * *

1. ADV

1) + indic where

la nota está donde la dejaste — the note's where you left it

la casa donde nací — the house where I was born, the house I was born in

el sitio donde lo encontré — the place (where) I found it

• a donde, ahí es a donde vamos nosotros — that's where we're going

fue a donde estaban ellos — he went to (the place) where they were

• de donde, el país de donde vienen — the country they come from

la caja de donde lo sacó — the box he took it out of, the box from which he took it

• en donde, fui a la India, en donde nos conocimos — I went to India, (which is) where we met

el pueblo en donde vive — the village where o in which he lives

• por donde, la escalera por donde había salido — the empty staircase down which he had left

la puerta por donde se entra — the door you go in by

la calle por donde íbamos andando — the street we were walking along

por donde pasan lo destrozan todo — they destroy everything, wherever they go

va siempre por donde se le dice — she always goes wherever you tell her to

2) + subjun wherever

donde tú quieras — wherever you want

quiero un trabajo donde sea — I want a job anywhere o wherever

estén donde estén — wherever they may be

vayas donde vayas — wherever you go, everywhere you go

vayas por donde vayas — whichever way you go

- allí donde fueres, haz lo que vieres

3) Cono Sur (=ya que) as, since

2. PREP

1) (=al lado de)

es allí, donde la catedral — it's over there by the cathedral

lo guardamos donde la ropa de cama — we keep it with the bed linen

2) (=en casa de)

vamos donde Ricardo — we're going to Ricardo's

están cenando donde mi madre — they are having dinner at my mother's

* * *
I
conjunción

1)

a) where

la ciudad donde se conocieron — the city where they met; (+ subj)

siéntate donde quieras — sit wherever o where you like

déjalo donde sea — leave it anywhere

b) ( con prep) where

el café (en) donde nos reuníamos — the café where we used to meet

buscamos un lugar desde donde ver el desfile — we looked for a place to watch the procession

el país de donde procede — the country it comes from

de donde se deduce que... — from which it can be deduced that...

la ventana por donde había entrado — the window through which he had got in

sigue donde mismo — (Chi fam) he's still in the same place

2) (esp AmL fam) (+ subj) (si) if

donde lo vuelvas a hacer... — if you do it again...

3) (Chi fam) ( porque) because
II
preposición (esp AmL, en algunas regiones crit)

ve donde tu hermana y dile que... — ( a su casa) go over to your sister's and tell her...; ( al lugar donde está ella) go and tell your sister...

es allí donde el semáforo — it's there by o at the traffic lights

* * *

= where, where, whereabouts.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex. Systematic order is not self-evident; we need notation to show whereabouts in the sequence we shall find a particular subject.

----

* ¿a dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿a dónde va(n)...? = whither?.

* allí donde = as and when, where, wherever.

* ciudad donde viven principalmente jubilados = retirement town.

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?.

* demasiado donde elegir = embarrassment of riches, spoilt for choice.

* de quién sabe dónde = out of the woodwork.

* ¿dónde? = where on (this) earth...?.

* donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.

* ¿dónde demonios...? = where on (this) earth...?.

* ¿dónde diablos...? = where on (this) earth...?.

* donde el tiempo es de suma importancia = time-critical.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* donde hay humo, hay fuego = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.

* donde proceda = where applicable.

* donde se pueden hacer búsquedas = queriable.

* en donde = where, wherein.

* en una época en donde = in an age where.

* ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?.

* hasta donde alcance = to the limits of.

* hasta donde es posible = as far as possible.

* hasta donde llegue = to the limits of.

* hasta donde sea posible = as far as possible.

* imponer orden en donde hay caos = bring + order out of chaos.

* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.

* * *
I
conjunción

1)

a) where

la ciudad donde se conocieron — the city where they met; (+ subj)

siéntate donde quieras — sit wherever o where you like

déjalo donde sea — leave it anywhere

b) ( con prep) where

el café (en) donde nos reuníamos — the café where we used to meet

buscamos un lugar desde donde ver el desfile — we looked for a place to watch the procession

el país de donde procede — the country it comes from

de donde se deduce que... — from which it can be deduced that...

la ventana por donde había entrado — the window through which he had got in

sigue donde mismo — (Chi fam) he's still in the same place

2) (esp AmL fam) (+ subj) (si) if

donde lo vuelvas a hacer... — if you do it again...

3) (Chi fam) ( porque) because
II
preposición (esp AmL, en algunas regiones crit)

ve donde tu hermana y dile que... — ( a su casa) go over to your sister's and tell her...; ( al lugar donde está ella) go and tell your sister...

es allí donde el semáforo — it's there by o at the traffic lights

* * *

= where, where, whereabouts.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex: Systematic order is not self-evident; we need notation to show whereabouts in the sequence we shall find a particular subject.

* ¿a dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿a dónde va(n)...? = whither?.

* allí donde = as and when, where, wherever.

* ciudad donde viven principalmente jubilados = retirement town.

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?.

* demasiado donde elegir = embarrassment of riches, spoilt for choice.

* de quién sabe dónde = out of the woodwork.

* ¿dónde? = where on (this) earth...?.

* donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.

* ¿dónde demonios...? = where on (this) earth...?.

* ¿dónde diablos...? = where on (this) earth...?.

* donde el tiempo es de suma importancia = time-critical.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* donde hay humo, hay fuego = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.

* donde proceda = where applicable.

* donde se pueden hacer búsquedas = queriable.

* en donde = where, wherein.

* en una época en donde = in an age where.

* ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?.

* hasta donde alcance = to the limits of.

* hasta donde es posible = as far as possible.

* hasta donde llegue = to the limits of.

* hasta donde sea posible = as far as possible.

* imponer orden en donde hay caos = bring + order out of chaos.

* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.

* * *

donde¹ [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

conjunction

A

1 where

la ciudad donde se conocieron the city where they met, the city they met in

Roma, donde se conocieron Rome, where they met

(+ subj): siéntate donde quieras sit wherever o where you like

vaya donde vaya me lo encuentro I bump into him wherever o everywhere I go

2

(con prep): buscábamos un lugar desde donde pudiéramos ver el desfile we were looking for a place to watch the procession from

íbamos a donde esperaban los demás we were on our way to where the others were waiting

el país de donde procede the country it comes from

de donde se deduce que … from which it can be deduced that …

la ventana por donde había entrado the window where he had got in, the window he had got in through

el café (en) donde nos reuníamos the café where we used to meet

lo dejé donde mismo lo encontré ( fam); I left it right o exactly where I found it

sigue donde mismo ( Chi fam); he's still in the same place, he's still living ( o working etc) in the same place

B ( esp AmL fam)

1 (+ subj) (si) if

donde lo vuelvas a hacer te mato if you do it again, I'll kill you!

2 (cuando) if, when

no será tan importante donde yo no lo sé it can't be (all) that important if o when I don't know it

C ( Chi fam) (porque) because

donde²

prep

( esp AmL en algunas regiones crit): ve donde tu hermana y dile que … (a su casa) go over to your sister's and tell her …; (al lugar donde está ella) go and tell your sister …

es allí donde el semáforo it's there by o at the traffic lights

* * *

Multiple Entries:
don de
donde
dónde
donde conjunción
where;
◊ la ciudad dónde se conocieron the city where they met;

siéntate dónde quieras sit wherever o where you like;
déjalo dónde sea leave it anywhere;
de dónde se deduce que … from which it can be deduced that …;
la ventana por dónde había entrado the window through which he had got in
■ preposición (esp AmL, en algunas regiones crit): ve dónde tu hermana y dile que … ( a su casa) go over to your sister's and tell her …;

( al lugar donde está ella) go and tell your sister …
dónde adverbio
1 where;
◊ ¿dónde está? where is it?;

¿de dónde es? where is he from?;
¿por dónde quieres ir? which way do you want to go?
2 (Chi, Méx, Per) ( cómo) how;
◊ ¡dónde íbamos a imaginar que …! how were we to imagine that …!

donde adv rel
1 where: el cajón donde guardaba las cartas, the drawer where she kept the letters
un balcón desde donde se ven los jardines, a balcony from which the gardens are visible
2 (por lo que) from which: de donde deduzco que..., from which I deduce that...
3 fam (en lo de, en casa de) estuvimos donde Pedro, we were at Pedro's
dónde adverbio
1 interr where: ¿de dónde es?, where is he from?
¿de dónde sacaste esa idea?, where did you get that idea from?
¿por dónde se va al Prado?, which way is it to the Prado?
' dónde' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acaso
- apretar
- bodega
- chimenea
- coger
- coño
- Cristo
- cuenca
- dejar
- despelucada
- despelucado
- despistada
- despistado
- destinar
- donde
- ser
- estanca
- estanco
- exactitud
- excavar
- guapetón
- guapetona
- inflamarse
- interruptor
- irse
- llevar
- maldita
- maldito
- mies
- mira
- nunca
- pacer
- parar
- pareja
- parejo
- peor
- perdón
- robar
- salida
- semejante
- sombra
- tendedero
- a
- alcanzar
- allí
- desde
- diablo
- empezar
- escoger
- estar
English:
anywhere
- bar
- belong
- best
- bird
- bloody
- bottleneck
- bump
- but
- clear
- consulate
- dinner theater
- direct
- disheveled
- dishevelled
- do
- drive-through
- drugstore
- earth
- everyplace
- fancy
- find
- game
- go
- honeymoon
- horn
- intimate
- intuitively
- look
- lounge bar
- name
- near
- penny
- scribble
- self-made
- shall
- somewhere
- spoil
- spring
- squirm
- stick
- stick back
- stick down
- tell
- they
- thick
- this
- trace back
- watch
- way

* * *

donde donde combines with the preposition a to form adonde when following a noun, pronoun or adverb expressing location (e.g. el sitio adonde vamos the place where we're going; es allí adonde iban that's where they were going).

♦ adv

where;

la casa donde nací the house where I was born;

el bolso está donde lo dejaste the bag is where you left it;

allí donde va, causa problemas he causes trouble wherever he goes;

vayan donde vayan, siempre tienen éxito wherever they go, they're always successful;

puedes ir donde quieras you can go wherever you want;

de donde [de lo cual] from which;

de donde se deduce que estás equivocado from which it can be concluded that you're wrong;

la ciudad de donde viene the town (where) she comes from, the town from which she comes;

desde donde estábamos no se veía el escenario you couldn't see the stage from where we were;

el hotel en donde nos alojamos the hotel where we're staying, the hotel at which we're staying;

el pueblo hacia donde nos dirigíamos the town we were heading for, the town for which we were heading;

tienes que correr hasta donde está la valla you have to run as far as the fence, you have to run up to where the fence is;

llegaré hasta donde pueda I'll get as far as I can;

iré por donde me manden I'll go wherever they send me;

la puerta por donde entró the door she came in through, the door through which she came in

♦ prep

1. [al lugar de]
ve donde la tienda y espérame allí go and wait for me at the shop;

ve donde papá y dile que nos vamos [al lugar en que está, a su casa] go over to dad's and tell him that we're going

2. [en el lugar de]
está donde mi madre she's at my mother's;

eso está donde la fábrica de harina it's by the flour mill

* * *

donde

I adv where

II prp esp L.Am.

fui donde el médico I went to the doctor’s

* * *

dónde adv

: where

¿dónde está su casa?: where is your house?

donde conj

: where, in which

el pueblo donde vivo: the town where I live

donde prep

: over by

lo encontré donde la silla: I found it over by the chair

* * *

donde adv

1. (en general) where

la casa donde nació mi abuelo the house where my grandfather was born

busca donde te dije look where I told you

Si en la frase hay una preposición, where se omite en inglés

el país de donde soy the country I come from

2. (en cualquier parte) wherever

ponte donde quieras stand wherever you like

donde sea anywhere

Spanish-English dictionary > donde
57 ÉR

I) (older form es), rel. part. in old poems and in law phrases ‘es’ is suffixed to a demonstrative or interrogative word, pron. or adv., as s: sás, sús, þats, þeims, þærs; þars, þás, þegars, síðans, hveims, hvars, &c., = sá es, sú es, þar es, þá es, &c.

I. used as a rel. pron., indecl., who, which, that;

1) Mörðr hét maðr, er (nom.) kallaðr var gígja;

grös fögr, er (acc.) hón hafði í hendi;

aðra hluti þá, er (gen.) menn vildu visir verða;

þann einn son, er (dat.) hann ann lítit;

2) with a prep. placed at the end of the sentence;

land, er hann kom frá, the land he came from;

jötunn, er ór steini var höfuðit á (viz. honum), whose head was of stone;

3) ellipt., the prep. being understood;

ór þeim ættum, er mér þóttu fuglarnir fljúga (viz. ór), from the quarter that I thought the birds flew from;

þeir hafa nú látit líf sitt, er mér þykkir eigi vert at lifa (viz. eptir), whom I think it is not worth while to outlive;

4) a personal or demonstr. pron. may be added to the rel. part., er þú, er þik; er hann, er hón, er hana, er hans, er hennar, er þeim, er þeiri, er þeira, etc.;

œrr ertu, Loki, er þú (who) yðra telr ljóta leiðstafi;

sá maðr, er hann vill, that man who wishes;

nema ein Goðrún, er hón æva grét, who never wept;

ekkja heitir sú, er búandi hennar (whose husband) varð sóttdauðr;

þann konung, er undir honum eru skatt-konungar, that king under whom are tributary kings;

5) in the fourteenth century added to the int. pron., hverr;

þat herbergi, í hverju er hann ( in which = er hann í því) hefir sitt ráð ok ræðr;

II. as a conj. and adv.

1) local, er, þar er, there where;

hann sá á eldinum fölskann, er netit hafði brunnit, where the net had been burnt;

Ó. gekk þar til, er H. lá, to the spot where H. lay;

2) of time, er, þá er, when;

ok er, and when;

en er, but when;

þar til er, until;

í því er, just when;

eptir (þat) er, when;

þegar er, as soon as (þegar er lýsti, stóð konungr upp);

síðan er, since;

meðan er, while;

næst er vér kómum, next when we came;

þá lét í hamrinum, sem er reið gengr, as when it thunders;

3) = at, that;

ok fannst þat á öllu, er hón þóttist vargefin, that she thought she was thrown away;

ek em þess sæll, er okkart félag sleit, I am happy that;

skyldi fara fyrst leyniliga, en þó kom þar, er allir vissu, but it came to this, that every one knew of it.

II) from vera.

* * *

pl., and it, dual, spelt ier, Ó. H. 147 (twice), 205, 216 (twice), 227; [Goth. jus = ὑμεις; A. S. ge; Engl. ye, you; Germ. ihr; Swed.-Dan. I]:—ye, you. That ér and not þér is the old form is clear from the alliteration of old poems and the spelling of old MSS.: allit., ér munuð allir eiða vinna, Skv. 1. 37; it (σφώ) munut alla eiða vinna, 31; hlaðit ér jarlar eiki-köstinn, Gh. 20; lífit einir ér þátta ættar minnar, Hðm. 4; æðra óðal en ér hafit, Rm. 45 (MS. wrongly þér); ér sjáið undir stórar yðvars Græðara blæða, Lb. 44 (a poem of the beginning of the 13th century). It is often spelt so in Kb. of Sæm.; hvers bíðit ér, Hkv. 2. 4; þó þykkisk ér, Skv. 3. 36; börðusk ér bræðr ungir, Am. 93; urðu-a it glíkir, Gh. 3; ef it, id.; en ér heyrt hafit, Hým. 38; þá er ( when) ér, ye, Ls. 51; er it heim komit, Skv. 1. 42: ér knáttuð, Edda 103 (in a verse): in very old MSS. (12th century) no other form was ever used, e. g. er it, 623. 24: þat er ér ( that which ye) heyrit, 656 A. 2. 15; ér bræðr …, mínnisk ér, ye brethren, remember ye, 7; treystisk ér, 623. 32; hræðisk eigi ér, 48. In MSS. of the middle of the 13th century the old form still occurs, e. g. Ó. H., ér hafit, 52; ér skolu, 216; þegar er ér komit, so soon as ye come, 67; sem ér mynit, 119; ér hafit, 141; til hvers er ér erot, that ye are, 151; ef ér vilit heldr, 166; ér erot allir, ye are all, 193; sem ér kunnut, 196; sem ier vilit, 205; sem ér vitoð, as ye know, 165; ef ér vilit, 208; þeim er ér sendoð, those that ye sent, 211: the Heiðarv. S. (MS. of the same time)—unz ér, (Ísl. ii.) 333: ef ér þurfut, 345; er it farit, 346 (twice); allz ér erut, id.; er ér komið, as ye come, id.; en ér sex, but ye six, 347; ok ér, and ye, 361; ér hafit þrásamliga, 363; eða it feðgar, 364: Jómsvík. S.—ef ér, (Fms. xi.) 115, 123: Mork. 9, 63, 70, 98, 103, 106, passim. It even occurs now and then in Njála (Arna-Magn. 468)—ér erut, ye are, 223; hverrar liðveizlu ér þykkisk mest þurfa, 227: ér ertuð hann, Skálda 171; Farið-a ér, fare ye not, Hkr. i. (in a verse). It is still more freq. after a dental ð, t, þ; in old MSS. that give þ for ð it runs thus—vitoþ ér, hafiþ ér, skoluþ ér, meguþ er, lifiþ ér, etc., wot ye, have ye, shall ye, may ye, live ye, etc.; hence originates by way of diæresis the regular Icel. form þér, common both to old and mod. writers; vide þú, where the other forms will be explained.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÉR
58 intervenir

v.

1 to tap.

El tipo interviene el proyecto The guy tap the project.

2 to seize (incautarse de).

3 to audit (finance) (cuentas).

La contraloría interviene a la empresa The comptroller audits the company.

4 to take part.

intervino en varias películas cómicas (en discusión, debate) she appeared in several comedy films

en la evolución de la economía intervienen muchos factores several different factors play a part in the state of the economy

después del presidente intervino el Sr. Ramírez Mr Ramirez spoke after the president

5 to intervene (interferir, imponer el orden).

El juez interviene a veces The judge intervenes sometimes.

6 to operate on, to perform surgery on, to make an intervention on.

Te interviene el Dr. Pérez Dr. Perez makes an operation on you.

7 to take over, to take control of, to take over the operation of.

El socio interviene la empresa The associate takes over the operation of..

8 to confiscate, to seize.

La corte interviene sus bienes The court seized his belongings.

* * *

intervenir

Conjugation model [ VENIR], like link=venir venir

► verbo intransitivo

1 (tomar parte) to take part (en, in); (mediar) to intervene

2 (interrumpir) to intervene

3 (hablar) to speak (en, at)

► verbo transitivo

1 MEDICINA to operate on

2 (alijo, mercancía) to seize

3 (teléfono) to tap

4 (cuentas) to audit

* * *

verb

1) to intervene

2) take part

3) operate

* * *

1. VI

1) (=tomar parte) to take part

no intervino en el debate — he did not take part in the debate

la reyerta en la que intervino el acusado — the brawl in which the defendant took part o was involved

2) (=injerirse) to intervene

España rehusó intervenir militarmente — Spain refused to intervene militarily

la policía intervino para separar a las dos pandillas — the police intervened to separate the two gangs

3) (=mediar)

el presidente intervino para que se pudiera llegar a un acuerdo — the president mediated o interceded so that an agreement could be reached

intervino para que los sacaran de la cárcel — he used his influence to get them out of prison

las circunstancias que intervinieron en mi dimisión — the circumstances that influenced my resignation

él no intervino en la decisión — he did not have a hand in the decision

2. VT

1) (=controlar) to take over, take control of

la junta militar intervino todas las cadenas estatales — the junta took over o took control of all the state-run channels

el gobierno intervino a los ferroviarios — the government took over o took control of the railworkers' union

2) (Com) [+ cuenta] to audit; [+ banco, empresa] to take into administration; [+ cuenta, bienes] to freeze

3) (Med) to operate on

lo intervinieron quirúrgicamente — he was operated on

4) [+ droga, armas, patrimonio, bienes] to confiscate, seize

5) [+ teléfono] to tap

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

a) (en debate, operación) to take part; ( en espectáculo) to appear, perform

b) ( mediar) to intervene, intercede (frml)

en mi decisión intervinieron muchos factores — there were many factors involved in my decision

c) ( tomar parte) to intervene

tuvieron que intervenir en la pelea — they had to intervene to stop the fight

no quiso intervenir en la pelea — he didn't want to get involved in the fight
2.
intervenir vt

1)

a) < teléfono> to tap

b) ( tomar control de) < empresa> to place... in administration

c) ( inspeccionar) < cuentas> to audit, inspect

d) <armas/droga> to seize, confiscate

e) (AmL) <universidad/emisora> to take over the running of, take control of

2) ( operar) to operate on

fue intervenido en una clínica privada — he underwent surgery in a private clinic

* * *

= go into, have + a hand in, step in, intervene, jump in, obtrude (into), cut in, mediate, intersect, come into + play, call into + play, wiretap [wire-tap], weigh in, chime in.

Ex. As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.

Ex. For the benefit of all users of the thesaurus who have not had a hand in its initial compilation some written record describing the anticipated use of the thesaurus is valuable.

Ex. Furthermore, children can be misled by group influences into reading truly pernicious material (hard core ponography, for example) and when this happens adults have a clear responsibility to step in and do something about it.

Ex. And again, this is a point at which the teacher may need to intervene to provide examples.

Ex. The unhappy tendency among teachers -- an occupational neurosis -- is to jump in too early and too often, especially if the talk wanders from direct comments about books under consideration.

Ex. The librarian will provide whatever help is required without obtruding into the process.

Ex. 'I'm not sure what 'arbitrary and capricious' means,' Stanton cut in reasonably.

Ex. School library media professionals who mediate in the learning experiences of students must be well informed critical thinkers.

Ex. Contingency plans can be devised to intersect at several points on this time continuum.

Ex. There are, of course, all sorts of other considerations which come into play in determining the income which a publisher might obtain from a book.

Ex. Ethical principles are called into play when deliberating about values, particularly when values run into conflict.

Ex. The implementation of this system would enable law enforcement agencies to wiretap all digital communication.

Ex. If Division VIII is best positioned to weigh in on terminology, Division VIII should do so and the rest of us should follow that lead.

Ex. A few members of this list have done this, so wait for them to chime in here.

----

* intervenir con = chime in with.

* intervenir en un conflicto = enter + conflict.

* que intervienen = at play.

* si no intervienen otros factores = ceteris paribus, all (other) things being equal.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

a) (en debate, operación) to take part; ( en espectáculo) to appear, perform

b) ( mediar) to intervene, intercede (frml)

en mi decisión intervinieron muchos factores — there were many factors involved in my decision

c) ( tomar parte) to intervene

tuvieron que intervenir en la pelea — they had to intervene to stop the fight

no quiso intervenir en la pelea — he didn't want to get involved in the fight
2.
intervenir vt

1)

a) < teléfono> to tap

b) ( tomar control de) < empresa> to place... in administration

c) ( inspeccionar) < cuentas> to audit, inspect

d) <armas/droga> to seize, confiscate

e) (AmL) <universidad/emisora> to take over the running of, take control of

2) ( operar) to operate on

fue intervenido en una clínica privada — he underwent surgery in a private clinic

* * *

= go into, have + a hand in, step in, intervene, jump in, obtrude (into), cut in, mediate, intersect, come into + play, call into + play, wiretap [wire-tap], weigh in, chime in.

Ex: As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.

Ex: For the benefit of all users of the thesaurus who have not had a hand in its initial compilation some written record describing the anticipated use of the thesaurus is valuable.

Ex: Furthermore, children can be misled by group influences into reading truly pernicious material (hard core ponography, for example) and when this happens adults have a clear responsibility to step in and do something about it.

Ex: And again, this is a point at which the teacher may need to intervene to provide examples.

Ex: The unhappy tendency among teachers -- an occupational neurosis -- is to jump in too early and too often, especially if the talk wanders from direct comments about books under consideration.

Ex: The librarian will provide whatever help is required without obtruding into the process.

Ex: 'I'm not sure what 'arbitrary and capricious' means,' Stanton cut in reasonably.

Ex: School library media professionals who mediate in the learning experiences of students must be well informed critical thinkers.

Ex: Contingency plans can be devised to intersect at several points on this time continuum.

Ex: There are, of course, all sorts of other considerations which come into play in determining the income which a publisher might obtain from a book.

Ex: Ethical principles are called into play when deliberating about values, particularly when values run into conflict.

Ex: The implementation of this system would enable law enforcement agencies to wiretap all digital communication.

Ex: If Division VIII is best positioned to weigh in on terminology, Division VIII should do so and the rest of us should follow that lead.

Ex: A few members of this list have done this, so wait for them to chime in here.

* intervenir con = chime in with.

* intervenir en un conflicto = enter + conflict.

* que intervienen = at play.

* si no intervienen otros factores = ceteris paribus, all (other) things being equal.

* * *

intervenir [ I31 ]

vi

1 (en un debate) to take part; (en un espectáculo) to appear, perform; (en una operación) to take part

2 (mediar) to intervene, intercede ( frml)

intervino ante el director a nuestro favor she intervened o interceded on our behalf with the director

en mi decisión han intervenido muchos factores many factors have had a bearing on my decision

3 (involucrarse, inmiscuirse) to intervene, get involved

no pensamos intervenir en los problemas internos de otros países we do not intend intervening o getting involved in the internal affairs of other countries

los profesores tuvieron que intervenir en la pelea the teachers had to intervene to stop the fight

no quiso intervenir en la pelea he didn't want to get involved in the fight

■ intervenir

vt

A

1 ‹teléfono› to tap

2 (tomar control de) ‹empresa› to place … in administration

3 (inspeccionar) ‹cuentas› to audit, inspect

4 ‹armas/droga› to seize, confiscate

5 ( AmL) ‹universidad/emisora› to take over the running of, take control of

B (operar) to operate on

fue intervenido en una clínica privada he had his operation o he was operated on o he underwent surgery in a private clinic

* * *

intervenir ( conjugate intervenir) verbo intransitivo
a) (en debate, operación) to take part;

( en espectáculo) to appear, perform
b) ( mediar) to intervene, intercede (frml);

◊ en mi decisión intervinieron muchos factores there were many factors involved in my decision;

intervenir en una pelea to intervene o step in to stop a fight;

( involucrarse) to get involved in a fight
verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹ teléfono› to tap

b) ( tomar control de) ‹ empresa› to place … in administration

c) ( inspeccionar) ‹ cuentas› to audit, inspect

d) ‹armas/droga› to seize, confiscate

2 ( operar) to operate on;
◊ fue intervenido en una clínica privada he underwent surgery in a private clinic

intervenir
I vi (mediar) to intervene [en, in]
(participar) to take part [en, in]: me gustaría intervenir en el debate, I'd like to take part in the debate
II verbo transitivo
1 (un alijo de droga, etc) to confiscate, to seize: la policía ha intervenido la droga en la frontera, the police seized the drugs at the border
2 (bloquear una cuenta bancaria) to block o freeze: el juez ha intervenido su cuenta, the judge froze his bank account
(auditar) to audit
3 (un teléfono) to tap: me parece que la línea está intervenida, I think they put a tap on our phone
4 Med (a un paciente) to operate on: le van a intervenir mañana a las nueve, they're performing her surgery tomorrow at nine o'clock
' intervenir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
mediar
- terciar
English:
intervene
- join in
- step in
- interest
- move
- operate
- step
- tap

* * *

intervenir

♦ vt

1. [operar]
intervenir (quirúrgicamente) to operate on

2. Com [cuentas] to audit

3. [teléfono, línea] to tap;
[correspondencia] to open
4. [incautarse de] to seize

5. Am [institución privada] to put into administration

♦ vi

1. [participar] to take part (en in); [en pelea, discusión] to get involved (en in);
intervino en varias películas cómicas she appeared in several comedy films;

en la evolución de la economía intervienen muchos factores several different factors play a part in the state of the economy;

después del presidente intervino el Sr. Ramírez Mr Ramirez spoke after the president;

yo quisiera intervenir para decir que no estamos de acuerdo con la propuesta I would just like to say something: we do not agree with the proposal;

¿alguien más quisiera intervenir sobre esta cuestión? would anyone else like so say something on this issue?

2. [interferir, imponer el orden] to intervene (en in);
la policía tuvo que intervenir para separar a las dos aficiones the police had to intervene to separate the two groups of fans

3. [mediar] to intervene, to intercede;

su padre intervino ante su madre para que lo dejara salir his father spoke to his mother to persuade her to let him go out;

la ONU intervino para lograr un acuerdo the UN intervened o interceded in order to get an agreement

4. [operar]
intervenir (quirúrgicamente) to operate

* * *

intervenir

I v/i intervene; en debate, congreso take part, participate; en película, espectáculo appear

II v/t

1 TELEC tap

2 contrabando seize

3 MED operate on

* * *

intervenir {87} vi

1) : to take part

2) interceder: to intervene, to intercede

intervenir vt

1) : to control, to supervise

2) : to audit

3) : to operate on

4) : to tap (a telephone)

* * *

intervenir vb

1. (interponerse) to intervene

tuvo que intervenir el profesor the teacher had to intervene

2. (tomar parte) to take part [pt. took; pp. taken]

en esa película intervino mucha gente a lot of people took part in the film

3. (operar) to operate on

tuvieron que intervenirlo de urgencia he had to be operated on urgently

Spanish-English dictionary > intervenir
59 si

m.

B (Music).

* * *

si

► conjunción

1 (condicional) if

■ si quieres puedes venir con nosotros you can come with us if you want to

2 (disyuntiva, duda) if, whether

■ no sé si decírselo (o no) I don't know whether to tell her (or not)

3 (énfasis) but

■ ¡si yo no quería! but I didn't want to!

■ ¡pero si es facilísimo! ¡but it's really easy!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

como si as if

como si nada / como si tal cosa as if it were nothing at all

por si acaso just in case

■ llévatelo por si acaso take it with you just in case

si bien although, even though

————————

si

► nombre masculino (pl sis)

1 MÚSICA ti, si, B

* * *

conj.

1) if

2) whether

•

- si bien
- si no
* * *
I
CONJ

1) [uso condicional] if

si lo quieres, te lo doy — if you want it I'll give it to you

si lo sé, no te lo digo — I wouldn't have told you, if I'd known

si tuviera dinero, lo compraría — if I had any money I would buy it

si me lo hubiese pedido, se lo habría o hubiera dado — if he had asked me for it I would have given it to him

• si no — [condición negativa] if not; [indicando alternativa] otherwise, or (else)

avisadme si no podéis venir — let me know if you can't come

si no estudias, no aprobarás — you won't pass if you don't study, you won't pass unless you study

ponte crema porque si no, te quemarás — put some cream on, otherwise o or (else) you'll get sunburned

vete, si no, vas a llegar tarde — go, or (else) you'll be late

• llevo el paraguas por si (acaso) llueve — I've got my umbrella (just) in case it rains

• ¿y si llueve? — what if it rains?

¿y si se lo preguntamos? — why don't we ask her?

2) [en interrogativas indirectas] whether

no sé si hacerlo o no — I don't know whether to do it or not

no sabía si habías venido en avión o en tren — I didn't know whether o if you'd come by plane or train

me pregunto si vale la pena — I wonder whether o if it's worth it

no sé si será verdad — I don't know whether o if it's true

¿sabes si nos han pagado ya? — do you know if we've been paid yet?

3) [uso concesivo]

no sé de qué te quejas, si eres una belleza — I don't know what you're complaining about when you're so beautiful

• si bien — although

si bien creó un amplio consenso político... — although it is true o while it may be true that he created a broad political consensus...

4) [uso desiderativo]

¡si fuera verdad! — if only it were true!, I wish it were true!

¡si viniese pronto! — I wish he'd come!, if only he'd come!

5) [indicando protesta] but

¡si no sabía que estabas allí! — but I didn't know you were there!

¡si (es que) acabo de llamarte! — but I've only just phoned you!

¡si tienes la tira de discos! — but you have loads of records! *

6) [uso enfático]

¡si serán hipócritas! — they're such hypocrites!, they're so hypocritical!

-es un pesado -¡si lo sabré yo! — "he's a pain" - "don't I know it!" o "you're telling me!"

si lo sabré yo, que soy su mujer — I ought to know, I'm his wife

que si engorda, que si perjudica a la salud... — they say it's fattening and bad for your health

que si lavar los platos, que si limpiar el suelo, que si... — what with washing up and sweeping the floor and...

7) [indicando sorpresa]

¡pero si es el cartero! — why, it's the postman!

¡pero si eres tú! no te había reconocido — oh, it's you, I didn't recognize you!
SI La conjunción si se puede traducir al inglés por if o whether; si no se traduce por if not o unless. Si ► Por regla general, si se traduce al inglés por if en las oraciones condicionales y por whether o if en las dubitativas: Si me has mentido te arrepentirás If you have lied to me you'll regret it Si tuviera mucho dinero me compraría un caballo If I had lots of money, I'd buy myself a horse No sé si me dejará quedarme I don't know whether o if he'll let me stay ► Si se puede traducir solo por whether, y nunca por if, cuando se presentan dos opciones a elegir, cuando va detrás de una preposición, delante de un infinitivo o de una oración interrogativa indirecta: No sé si ir a Canadá o a Estados Unidos I can't decide whether to go to Canada or the United States Quiero que hablemos de si deberíamos mandar a los niños a un colegio interno I want to talk to you about whether we should send the children to boarding school Todavía no tenemos muy claro si vamos a mudarnos o no We still haven't made up our minds about whether to move or not ► Las oraciones del tipo si hubieras hecho algo... se pueden traducir, en un registro más culto, omitiendo la partícula if e invirtiendo el orden del sujeto y el verbo auxiliar: Si hubieras estado aquí esto no habría ocurrido Had you been here this would not have happened Si no ► Si no generalmente se traduce al inglés por if not aunque, cuando en español se puede reemplazar por a no ser que, se puede utilizar también unless y cuando equivale a de lo contrario se emplea preferentemente otherwise o or else: Iría al cine más a menudo si no fuera tan caro I would go to the cinema more often if it weren't so expensive No te puedes quedar aquí si no pagas el alquiler You can't stay here unless you pay your rent o You can't stay here if you don't pay your rent Tenemos que estar allí antes de las diez; si no, vamos a tener problemas We must be there by ten, otherwise o or else we'll be in trouble ► Las oraciones del tipo si no hubieras hecho algo... se pueden traducir, en un registro más culto, omitiendo la partícula if e invirtiendo el orden del sujeto y el verbo auxiliar: Si no hubiese robado el dinero, ahora no estaría en la cárcel Had he not stolen the money, he wouldn't be in prison now Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada II
SM (Mús) B

si mayor — B major

* * *
I
conjunción

1)

a) ( introduciendo una condición) if

si lo sé, no vengo — (fam) if I'd known, I wouldn't have come

si pudiera, se lo compraba — (fam) if I could, I'd buy it for him

si lo hubiera or hubiese sabido... — if I'd known..., had I known...

empezó a decir que si esto, que si lo otro — he said this, that and the other

b) (en locs)

si bien: si bien el sueldo es bueno, el horario es malísimo the pay may be good but the hours are terrible; si no otherwise; pórtate bien, si no, te vas a la cama behave yourself, or else you're going straight to bed; date prisa, que si no nos vamos sin ti — hurry up, otherwise we're going without you

2)

a) ( planteando un hecho) if

si no ha venido por algo será — if she hasn't come there must be some reason for it

b) ( cada vez que) if

si hacía sol salíamos a pasear — if o when it was sunny we used to go out for a walk

3)

a) ( en frases que expresan deseo)

si + subj: si yo lo supiera! if only I knew!; si me hubieras avisado a tiempo! — if only you had let me know in time!

b) (en frases que expresan protesta, indignación, sorpresa)

si tendrá cara! — she really has a nerve!

pero si te avisé...! — but I warned you...!

c) (fam) ( uso enfático)

si lo sabré yo! — don't I know it!, you're telling me!

d) (planteando eventualidades, sugerencias)

y si no quiere hacerlo ¿qué? — and if she doesn't want to do it, what then?

¿y si lo probáramos? — why don't we give it a try?

4) ( en interrogativas indirectas) whether

no sé si marcharme o quedarme — I don't know whether to go or to stay

me pregunto si lo encontrarán — I wonder if o whether they'll find it
II
masculino ( nota) B; ( en solfeo) ti, te (BrE)

si bemol/sostenido — B flat/sharp

en si mayor/menor — in B major/minor

* * *
I
conjunción

1)

a) ( introduciendo una condición) if

si lo sé, no vengo — (fam) if I'd known, I wouldn't have come

si pudiera, se lo compraba — (fam) if I could, I'd buy it for him

si lo hubiera or hubiese sabido... — if I'd known..., had I known...

empezó a decir que si esto, que si lo otro — he said this, that and the other

b) (en locs)

si bien: si bien el sueldo es bueno, el horario es malísimo the pay may be good but the hours are terrible; si no otherwise; pórtate bien, si no, te vas a la cama behave yourself, or else you're going straight to bed; date prisa, que si no nos vamos sin ti — hurry up, otherwise we're going without you

2)

a) ( planteando un hecho) if

si no ha venido por algo será — if she hasn't come there must be some reason for it

b) ( cada vez que) if

si hacía sol salíamos a pasear — if o when it was sunny we used to go out for a walk

3)

a) ( en frases que expresan deseo)

si + subj: si yo lo supiera! if only I knew!; si me hubieras avisado a tiempo! — if only you had let me know in time!

b) (en frases que expresan protesta, indignación, sorpresa)

si tendrá cara! — she really has a nerve!

pero si te avisé...! — but I warned you...!

c) (fam) ( uso enfático)

si lo sabré yo! — don't I know it!, you're telling me!

d) (planteando eventualidades, sugerencias)

y si no quiere hacerlo ¿qué? — and if she doesn't want to do it, what then?

¿y si lo probáramos? — why don't we give it a try?

4) ( en interrogativas indirectas) whether

no sé si marcharme o quedarme — I don't know whether to go or to stay

me pregunto si lo encontrarán — I wonder if o whether they'll find it
II
masculino ( nota) B; ( en solfeo) ti, te (BrE)

si bemol/sostenido — B flat/sharp

en si mayor/menor — in B major/minor

* * *

si¹

= if, if only, to the extent that, whether, should, to the degree that.

Ex: If our data are going to be used in other countries, we have to remember that English users would prefer standard English.

Ex: A large proportion of the earth's population has not yet recognized the enormous advantages that would accrue if only everybody spoke English.

Ex: A future with online catalogues will still require analytical entries, to the extent that records need to contain notes of contents of works.

Ex: The question I will address is whether our acting on what I believe to be an invalid assumption provides valid cataloging.

Ex: Should they have misjudged the availability of such a source, they can anticipate alternate approaches.

Ex: To the degree that this argument is true, it paints a rather pessimistic picture of the quality of much published research.

* ¿y si... ? = what if... ?.

* como si = as though.

* como si nada = unfazed.

* como si (se tratase de) = as if.

* como si tal cosa = unfazed, just like that.

* comprobar si el contenido de un vídeo es adecuado o no = vet + video.

* con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....

* cuando..., si es que... = if and when.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?.

* no importa si... o = no matter whether... or.

* o si no = or else.

* porque sí = for the love of it.

* por si = in the chance that.

* por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec.

* por si casualidad = in the chance that.

* por si fuera poco = to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.

* por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].

* ¿qué ocurre si... ? = what if... ?.

* ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.

* ¿qué sucede si... ? = what if... ?.

* ¿quién si no...? = who else but...?.

* si acaso = if ever, if at all, if and when.

* si alguna vez lo fue = if it ever was.

* si así lo desean = should they so wish, should they so wish.

* si así lo prefieres = if you will.

* si bien = admittedly.

* si bien es cierto que = albeit (that).

* si bien se mira = all things considered.

* si contiene alguno = if any.

* si corresponde = if applicable.

* si Dios quiere = God willing.

* si el tiempo lo permite = weather permitting.

* si es así = if so, if this is the case.

* si es necesario = if need be.

* si eso no es posible = failing that/these.

* si es posible = if at all possible, if at all feasible, if possible.

* si es que sucede alguna vez = if ever.

* si éste es el caso = if this is the case.

* si éste no es el caso = if this is not the case.

* si existe alguno = if any.

* si fuera pertinente = if applicable.

* si fuese pertinente = if applicable.

* si hace buen tiempo = weather permitting.

* si hay tiempo = time permitting.

* si + Infinitivo + o no = whether or not to + Infinitivo.

* si las miradas mataran... = if looks could kill....

* si los comparamos = in comparison.

* si mal no + Pronombre + acordarse = to the best of + Posesivo + recollection.

* si mi olfato no me engaña = if my hunch is right, if I am not mistaken.

* si no = if not.

* si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.

* si no es así = if this is not the case.

* si no estoy equivocado = if my hunch is right, if I am not mistaken.

* si no fuera así = if it were not.

* si no hay ningún contratiempo = all being well.

* si no intervienen otros factores = ceteris paribus.

* si no intervienen otros factores = all (other) things being equal.

* si no lo impide el tiempo = weather permitting.

* si no me equivoco = AFAIK (as far as I know).

* si no ocurre ningún imprevisto = all (other) things being equal.

* si no + Pronombre + fallar la memoria = to the best of + Posesivo + recollection.

* si nos detenemos a reflexionar sobre ello = on reflection.

* si no te gusta, te aguantas = like it or lump it, if you don't like it you can lump it, if you don't like it you can lump it.

* si procede = if applicable, if appropriate.

* si queda tiempo = time permitting.

* si + se + Indicativo = if + Participio Pasado.

* si se llega a un acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* si se necesita = if need be.

* si se parece a un pato, anda como un pato y grazna como un pato, entonces es = If it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, then it must be a duck.

* si se quiere que + Nombre + sea = if + Nombre + be + to be.

* si + SER + Adjetivo = if + Adjetivo.

* si + ser + posible = whenever possible, when possible.

* si sigue así = at this rate.

* si todo sigue igual = all (other) things being equal.

* si todo va bien = all being well.

* si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.

* si vamos a eso = for that matter.

* * *

SI

masculine

(= sistema de información) IS

* * *

Multiple Entries:
si
sí
si conjunción
1
a) ( en general) if;

◊ sí pudiera if I could;

sí lo hubiera or hubiese sabido … if I'd known …, had I known …;
empezó a decir que sí esto, que sí lo otro he said this, that and the other
b) ( en frases que expresan deseo) if only;

◊ ¡sí yo lo supiera! if only I knew!

c) (en frases que expresan protesta, indignación, sorpresa):

◊ ¡pero sí te avisé …! but I warned you …!

d) (planteando eventualidades, sugerencias):

◊ y sí no quiere hacerlo ¿qué? and if she doesn't want to do it, what then?;

¿y sí lo probáramos? why don't we give it a try?
e) ( en locs)

◊ si no otherwise

2 ( en interrogativas indirectas) whether;
◊ no sé sí marcharme o quedarme I don't know whether to go or to stay

■ sustantivo masculino ( nota) B;
( en solfeo) ti, te (BrE);
◊ sí bemol/sostenido B flat/sharp

sí adverbio
1 ( respuesta afirmativa) yes;
◊ ¿has terminado? — sí have you finished? — yes (I have);

decir que sí con la cabeza to nod
2 ( uso enfático):
◊ ahora sí que lo has hecho bien now you've really done it! (colloq);

tú sí que sabes vivir you certainly know how to live!;
eso sí que es caro that is expensive;
no puedo — ¡sí que puedes! I can't — yes, you can! o of course, you can!;
que sí cabe it does fit;
es de muy buena calidad — eso sí it's very good quality — (yes,) that's true
3 ( sustituyendo a una cláusula):
◊ creo que sí I think so;

me temo que sí I'm afraid so;
¿lloverá? — puede que sí do you think it will rain? — it might;
un día sí y otro no every other day;
no puedo ir pero ella sí I can't go but she can
■ sustantivo masculino
yes
■ pron pers
1
a) ( refl) (él) himself;

( ella) herself;
(ellos, ellas) themselves;
◊ solo piensa en sí (mismo) he only thinks of himself;

parece muy segura de sí (misma) she seems very sure of herself;
fueron para convencerse a sí mismos/mismas they went to convince themselves
b) ( refl) ( usted) yourself;

( ustedes) yourselves;
◊ descríbase a sí mismo describe yourself;

léanlo para sí (mismos) read it (to) yourselves
c) ( impers):

◊ hay cosas que uno tiene que ver por sí mismo there are some things you have to see for yourself

2 ( en locs)
◊ entre sí ( entre dos) between themselves;

( entre varios) among themselves;
◊ lo discutieron entre sí they discussed it between/among themselves;

no se respetan entre sí they don't respect each other;
de por sí: es de por sí nervioso he is nervous by nature;
el sistema es de por sí complicado the system is in itself complicated;
en sí (mismo): el hecho en sí (mismo) no tenía demasiada importancia this in itself was not so important
si conj
1 (expresando una condición) if: si vienes te lo cuento, if you come I will tell you
si pudiera, se lo daría, if I could, I would give it to him
2 fam (uso enfático) ¡si ya te lo decía yo!, but I told you!
(expresando deseo) if only: ¡si tuviera más tiempo!, if only I had more time!
3 (en interrogativas indirectas) if, whether: me pregunto si llegará pronto, I wonder if o whether she'll come soon
(disyuntiva) whether: quisiera saber si te gusta o no, I'd like to know whether you like it or not
4 si no, otherwise, if not, or else: ponte el abrigo, si no, cogerás un catarro, put your coat on, otherwise you'll catch a cold
♦ Locuciones: como si, as if: camina como si estuviese herido, he walks as if he were hurt
por si acaso, just in case
si m Mús (nota) B
(en solfeo) te, ti
sí pron pers reflexivo
1 (3ª persona de singular) (masculino) himself: logró hacerlo por sí solo, he was able to do it by himself o on his own
(femenino) herself: lo dijo para sí, she said it to herself
(3ª persona de plural) themselves: tenían un gran parecido entre sí, they all looked very similar
2 (referido a uno mismo) uno debe hacerlo por sí mismo, one has to do it oneself
3 (usted) compruébelo por sí mismo, see for yourself
(ustedes) yourselves
♦ Locuciones: dar de sí: no da más de sí, he can't do any more
de por sí: es de por sí amable, she's kind by nature
esta teoría es de por sí difícil, this theory is in itself difficult
sí
I adverbio yes: ¿te gusta?, - sí, do you like it?, yes o - yes, I do
¿estás seguro?, - sí, are you sure?, - yes o -yes, I am
ellos no irán, pero yo sí, they will not go, but I will
creo que sí, I think so
dijo que sí, he said yes o he accepted
me temo que sí, I'm afraid so
¡sí que la has hecho buena!, you've really done it!
es un actor famoso, - ¿sí?, he's a famous actor, - really?
un día sí y otro no, every other day
II sustantivo masculino
1 yes: con el sí de tu familia, with your family's approval
2 Pol los síes, the ayes
♦ Locuciones: dar el sí, to accept sb's proposal
(el novio, la novia) me dio el sí, she consented to marry me
'sí' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acaso
- acercar
- aclararse
- algo
- año
- anquilosarse
- apenas
- aspen
- aunque
- ayudarse
- berrinche
- bien
- bilis
- bombera
- bombero
- caber
- cabeza
- calor
- camelar
- camiseta
- casa
- casualidad
- chimenea
- clara
- claro
- clásica
- clásico
- colar
- como
- compasiva
- compasivo
- conceder
- concesión
- concienciarse
- confianza
- conformista
- constructor
- constructora
- contención
- contraponer
- creer
- crecida
- crecido
- cuando
- cuestión
- dar
- decir
- dejar
- delgada
- delgado
English:
ability
- accountable
- add to
- add up
- affirmative
- afraid
- agree
- agreeable
- all
- all right
- aloud
- amok
- antsy
- any
- anybody
- anything
- appreciate
- arguable
- arise
- as
- assurance
- autograph
- avoid
- B
- bankrupt
- barrel
- be
- beat
- begin
- believe
- beside
- blind
- boat
- bolster
- bonus
- boost
- boot
- bop
- bother
- but
- card
- care
- carry through
- case
- certainly
- chain letter
- chance
- check
- come round
- come to

* * *

SI nm (abrev de Sistema Internacional)

SI

* * *

si

I conj if;

si no if not;

me pregunto si vendrá I wonder whether he’ll come;

como si as if;

por si in case;

¡si no lo sabía! but I didn’t know!

II m MÚS B;

si bemol B flat

* * *

si conj

1) : if

lo haré si me pagan: I'll do it if they pay me

si lo supiera te lo diría: if I knew it I would tell you

2) : whether, if

no importa si funciona o no: it doesn't matter whether it works (or not)

3) (expressing desire, protest, or surprise)

si supiera la verdad: if only I knew the truth

¡si no quiero!: but I don't want to!

4)

si bien : although

si bien se ha progresado: although progress has been made

5)

si no : otherwise, or else

si no, no voy: otherwise I won't go

sí adv

1) : yes

sí, gracias: yes, please

creo que sí: I think so

2)

sí que : indeed, absolutely

esta vez sí que ganaré: this time I'm sure to win

3)

porque sí fam : because, just because

lo hizo porque sí: she did it just because

sí nm

: yes

dar el sí: to say yes, to express consent

sí pron

1)

de por sí or

en sí : by itself, in itself, per se

2)

fuera de sí : beside oneself

3)

para sí (mismo) : to himself, to herself, for himself, for herself

4)

entre si : among themselves

* * *

si conj

1. (condicional) if

si deja de llover, saldremos if it stops raining, we'll go out

si me tocara la lotería, me compraría una moto if I won the lottery, I would buy a motorbike

si lo hubiera sabido, no habría venido if I had known, I wouldn't have come

2. (petición, deseo) if only

si pudieras ayudarme if only you could help me

¡si me dejaran ir! if only they would let me go!

3. (duda) if / whether

pregúntale si quiere ir al cine ask her if she wants to go to the cinema

no sé si está o no I don't know whether he's in or not

4. (énfasis) but / really

si ya te lo dije but I told you

como si as if

si no otherwise

Spanish-English dictionary > si
60 Wenn

Konj.

1. zeitlich: when; (so oft) whenever; (sobald) as soon as; immer wenn whenever; jedes Mal, wenn das Telefon läutet every time the telephone rings; wenn ich einmal groß bin when I grow up; wenn du erst einmal dort bist once you’re there; wenn schon! so what?

2. in Konditionalsätzen: if; JUR. oft if and when; (vorausgesetzt) provided (that); wenn er nicht gewesen wäre if it hadn’t been for him; wenn ich das gewusst hätte if I had known (that), had I known (that); wenn das so ist if that’s the case; wenn das Wörtchen wenn nicht wär... umg. if!; außer wenn unless, except if

3. in Wendungen: wenn man ihn so reden hört to hear him talk; und wenn du noch so sehr bittest you can plead as much as you like; wenn nicht heute, so doch morgen if not today then tomorrow; wenn ich das wüsste I wish I knew; wenn man bedenkt, dass... when you think that...; wenn du das sagst, wird’s wohl stimmen umg. if you say so; wenn es schon sein muss, dann gleich umg. if it’s got to be done let’s get it over with; wenn nichts dazwischenkommt unless something crops up; wenn nicht, dann eben nicht umg. well, we may as well forget about that; wenn man nach... urteilt judging by...; es war ein neuer, wenn auch langsamer Versuch it was a new, albeit ( oder if) slow, attempt; wenn auch noch so klein etc. however small etc.; wenn doch oder nur if only; schon 7, 8, 10

* * *

das Wenn

if

* * *
Wẹnn [vɛn]
nt -s, -

(sich dat) Wenn und Aber — (the) ifs and buts

ohne Wenn und Aber — without any ifs and buts

* * *

1) (in the event that; on condition that: He will have to go into hospital if his illness gets any worse; I'll only stay if you can stay too.) if

2) (supposing that: If he were to come along now, we would be in trouble.) if

3) when

4) (in spite of the fact that; considering that: Why do you walk when you have a car?) when

* * *

wenn

[vɛn]

konj

1. konditional (falls) if

\wenn das so ist if that's the way it is

▪ \wenn... doch [o bloß] ...! if only...!

2. temporal (sobald) as soon as

* * *

das; Wenns, Wenn od. (ugs.) Wenns

das Wenn und Aber, die Wenn[s] und Aber[s] — the ifs and buts

* * *

Wenn n:

ohne Wenn und Aber (ohne Einschränkungen) unconditionally; (keine Diskussion!) no ifs or buts!

* * *

das; Wenns, Wenn od. (ugs.) Wenns

das Wenn und Aber, die Wenn[s] und Aber[s] — the ifs and buts

* * *

(Mathematik) ausdr.

if and only if (iff) expr. adv.

if adv.

what if expr.

when adv.

whensoever adv. konj.

unless conj.

whether conj.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Wenn

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

When We Rock, We Rock, and When We Roll, We Roll — Infobox Album Name = When We Rock, We Rock, and When We Roll, We Roll Type = compilation Longtype = Artist = Deep Purple Released = October 1978 Recorded = 1968 1974 Genre = Hard rock Length = 43:10 Label = Warner Bros. Records Producer = Deep… … Wikipedia
And When the Sky Was Opened — Infobox Television episode Title = And When the Sky Was Opened Series = The Twilight Zone Caption = Jim Hutton in And When the Sky Was Opened Season = 1 Episode = 11 Airdate = December 11, 1959 Production = 173 3611 Writer = Rod Serling (story by … Wikipedia
When the Saints Go Marching In — often referred to as The Saints , is an American gospel hymn that has taken on certain aspects of folk music. The precise origins of the song are not known. Though it originated as a spiritual, today people are more likely to hear it played by a … Wikipedia
When Dream and Day Unite — Studio album by Dream Theater Released March 6, 1989 … Wikipedia
When I have Fears that I may Cease to Be — is an Elizabethan sonnet by the English Romantic poet John Keats. The 14 line poem is written in iambic pentameter and consists of three quatrains and a couplet. Keats wrote the poem in 1817 and published it in 1818. The TextWhen I have fears… … Wikipedia
And the Band Played Waltzing Matilda — is a song, written by Eric Bogle in 1972, describing the futility, gruesome reality and the destruction of war, while criticising those who seek to glorify it. This is exemplified in the song by the account of a young Australian soldier on his… … Wikipedia
When the Pawn — Infobox Album | Name = WHEN THE PAWN hits the conflicts he thinks like a king / What he knows throws the blows when he goes to the fight / And he ll win the whole thing before he enters the ring / There s no body to batter when your mind is your… … Wikipedia
And the Band Played On — Infobox book name = And the Band Played On: Politics, People and the AIDS Epidemic title orig = translator = image caption = Paperback Edition of the Book author = Randy Shilts country = United States language = English subject = genre =… … Wikipedia
When Jonathan Died — infobox Book | name = When Jonathan Died title orig = Quand Mourut Jonathan translator = D.R. Roberts image caption = author = Tony Duvert cover artist = country = France language = French series = genre = Novel publisher = Gay Men s Press… … Wikipedia
When My Heart Finds Christmas — Infobox Album | Name = When My Heart Finds Christmas Type = Album Artist = Harry Connick, Jr. Released = October 26, 1993 Recorded = Capitol Studios, Hollywood, CA, July 16, 17, 19 23, 1993 Genre = Christmas Length = 55:36 Label = Sony/Columbia… … Wikipedia
And the Sky Full of Stars — Infobox Television episode Title = And the Sky Full of Stars Series = Babylon 5 Caption = Season = 1 Episode = 8 Airdate = 16 March 1994 Production = 106 Writer = J. Michael Straczynski Director = Janet Greek Guests = Christopher Neame (Knight… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

and+when

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

and+when

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: